The Journal of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society of South Australia and of the South Australian Aquarium Society. CONTENTS. Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated) 1- 3. Proceedings (By E. H. Ising) 4-6. The Thirteenth Wild Flower Show and Natural History Exhibition 7-10. Statement of Receipts and Expenditure for year ended September 14th, 1932 11. The Orchids of CkJromandel Valley, S.A. (by Harold Goidsack) 12-15. South Australian Shells (Part VI). By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey 16-44. Additions to Our Library 44. The Flora between Outer Harbour and Sellick’s Beach, S.A. (By Prof. J. B. Cleland, M.D.) 45-48. In Memoriam 48. recorded and opinions expressed. Address of the Section: C/o Hoyal Society’s Rooms, lustitut*^ Building, North Terrace, Adelaide. Published Quarterly Single Copy— NINEPENCE Obtainable from Cole’s Book Arcade, Grenfell Street. Adelaide. Febtead & Omsby, Print«a:s, Delmoct’s Building, Anster Avenue, AdeUft^, OFFICE-BEARERS, 1932-33. Chairman: Mr. E. H. ISING. Fice-Chairmen: Lt. Col. FULTON and Mr. W. A. HARDING. S^crstary: Mr. E, V. DIX. Assistant Secretary: Mr. L. REYNOLDS. Treasurer: Mr. BERNARD C. COTTON. Magazine Secretaryi Mr. BERNARD C. COTTON. Press Correspondent: Mr. E. V. DIX. Librarian: Miss J. M. MURRAY. Committee: Professor J. B. CLELAND, Miss E, IRELAND, Messrs. F. TRIGG, W. H. SELWAY, H. M. HALE, A. J. MORISON, F. K. GODFREY and Dr. W. CHRISTIE. Fauna and Flora Protection Committee: Professor J. B. CLELAND, Dr. C. FENNER. Messrs. E. ASHBY, W. H SELWAY, J M. BLACK, F. ANGEL> W. CHAMPION HACKETT, B. B. BECK. J. NEIL McGILP, Captain S. A. WHITE, Lt.-Col. FULTON, H. M. HALE and J. R. ROYLE. Auditors: Messrs. W. D. REED, F.C.P.A., and W. H. BROADBENT Co-Fditors *‘Soutk Australian NaturdisP*: Mr. WM. HAM, F.R.E.S. and Mr. BERNARD C. COTTON. Bookings for the Special Excursions (marked with a star on the Programme) should be made with Mr. B. Cotton, the Museum, North Ter- race, o rwith the Secretary, Mir. E. V.. Dix, Harbors Board (Mce, Victoria Square. In the case of Motor Trips, ticket is to be paid for at time of booking. O Held Over. An article by A, ¥. James on “The Native Magpie,” has to be held over on account of the pressure on our space. EXCURSIONS and LECTURES. 1933. Jan. 30 — Motor to Humbug Scrub at 9 a.m.. Fauna of Reserve. Feb. 4 — Tram at 2 p.m. to Mr. Giesler’s, Kent Town. Aquatic Life. (Aquarium). Mr. B. Beck. Feb 18 — Train at 1.15 p.m. to Blackwood Experimental Orchard. Fruit Culture. Mr. R. Fowler. February 21 — Conversazione at A.D. Women’s Club. HUMBUG SCRUB TRIP . — Note that cars leave at 9 a.m. and not at 2 p.m. as stated in the programme. I'he Soutti' Australian Naturalist. FORTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE FIELD* NATURALISTS’ SECTION of th« ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA (Incorporated). aUC'IUST, 1932. VOL. X[\. ADl\LMl)K. XOVLMBKR, 1932. No. i, Tlie Avork of the Section has met A\'ith considerable success throughout the last twelve months. MivMBI‘'.RS! 1 1 !k — \u January, 1932. the nominal member- ship of the Section was over 200, but the actual membership was about 160 and still less were financial. At the present time the Treasurer advises that wc have about 130 member* of whom about 70 are financial. EXCURSIONS.^ — A varied and intcrc*ting programme of Excursions has been carried out at which the average atterulancc has been about twenty-five members and friends. Wc are in* debted to tltosc who have led the Kxi'ursi( rts from whicli members have gained much valuable and interesting information. The Municipal Nur.scry visit was led by Mr. Felzer and oii March 5 the Chairman kindly tendered a reception to members at hii home. An enjoyable outing to Mt. Bold with the members of the Institute of Public .Admiuisiralion ljAr., VOL. xn -2. Forty~.\iutli .7 nii mil Report . Novi-.mhi k, Professor J. B. Cleland gave an instructive talk on fungi during an outing to Long Gully on June 25. The Chairman again led the excursion to Brown Hill Creek: on June 9, when the study of cucalypts was made by iTjcmbers* .^nnl friends. Cuttlefish and Shells was the subject of Mr, B. C, Colton’s chat to members during a walk along the beach between Sea- diff and Glenelg on June 23. Kingston Park, Marino, wa? also on the programme with ,Mr. Hogan as leader. Lectures and evening meetings were features of the year's programme, and the evening of March 15 was very cnjoyably spent at the Maple Leaf Cafe, the evening taking the form of a “Conversazione/’ when various members gave talks and ex- hibited specimens. Tlie main speaker was Air. Charle> of the Victorian Field Naturalists. Natural History Notes was the subject of Professor J. B. Cldand’s address on May 17. On June 21, Prof. Sir D. Mawson entertained the members with delightful slides and graphic descriptions of the glaciers, fiords and high mountains of New Zealand, The LP.,A. were our guests on this occasion. “Whales and Whaling in the Antarctic” was Prof. Harvey Johnson’s illustrated lecture on July 19 when the I.P.A. and the Angling Society were also present. USE OF ROYAL SOCIETY ROOMS. The Koyal S(jciet\ decided ai the end ol last year I' ai all organisations using the Royal Society’s rooms were to pay a rental. The Section, under these new regulations, must pay a yearly rental of 30/- which entitles it to 10 meetings yer year and 3/- per meeting is charged for all extra meetings. Owing to ihi.s regulaiion. the Committee decided that for the il would pay' out of general funds for only five meetings pet year for each of its branches using the Rooms, the branch itself to pay to the Section the cost of any additional meetings over ^ per year that it may hold. Owing to this decision, the Micro- sc('pic J>ranch found it necessary to go into recess as it con- sidered that 5 meetings per year would be insufficiem for its ptjrpo«^s. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. November, 1932 . 3 . Forty-Ninth Annual Repmt. SOUTH AUSTRALIAN NATURALIST* Our lournal has been published quarterly. Mr. W. Bam, ihr Hon. Kditor. deserv'es the special thanks of the Section for his untiring devotion to this task which requires so much care and time. The pages have been taken up by some of the usual contributors whose articles have been very much appreciated from time to time. The Malacological Society of our Section have undertaken the task of writing the List of South Australian Shells which is appearing in the Journal. Mr. F. K., Godfrey and Mr. B. C. Cotton are doing the work joimly. Sir Joseph Verco and Dr. W. G. 'I'orr are meeting the additional - e?ipense that is being incurred. WILD FLOWKR SHOW. 1931. '.Hie 12th Annual Wild Flower Show which was held at the Adelaide Town Hall, October 16-17, was a great success in every way excepting financially. After all expenses were met the bal- ance was approximately £7. 'The inclement weatlicr and s|:ecial counter attractions were the causes of tlie attendance being poorer than the previous year. HERBARIUM. — ^'Fhc work of the Herbarium has been main- tained under the able leadership of Prof. J. B. Cleland. Poison- ing, mounting and classifying of plants has been proceeded with and a parcel of grasses is almost ready to be sent to England to be dealt with by the grass expert who recently visited Aus- tralia. THE! PRESS. — ^The newspapers have given fair prominence to our activities during the year. “The News” and “Mai!” have made very good use of material supplied from our Section, “The Mail” publislted a special full page article with illustrations on Saturday, 23rd July, 1932. At the beginning of February the Section suffered a great loss in the death of Mr, D. J. McNamara and a few weeks later the news of the death of Mr. A. M. Lea was a great shock to the Section. Both of these men were very prominent in out activities and are greatly missed by all who knew them and had learned to love them so well. Recently Mr. j. F. Bailey was suitably farewdied on the t CiXision of his return to Queensland. EDWARD V. DIX. Hon. Secretary 1 . Procetdmgs. S.A. NAT.. VOI.. XIV., NfoVKMHKR, 1932 . PROCEEDINGS. The ANNUAL MEETING was held on August 9, when the Chairman, Mr. E. H. Isiiii?, presided. ELECTION Oh MEMBER. Mr. II. ]. Dart was elected a member. NOMINATIONS. Dr. ;M. Schneider, Liberal Club Bldgs., North Tee., Adelaide, and Mr. II. Greaves, Director, Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, pro- posed bv Mr. E. H. Ising. GENERAL BUSINESS. The following Annual Reports were read and adopted: — 1. Secretary. 2. Treasurer, 3. Fauna and Flora Protection Committee. 4. Malacological Society of S.A. 'Fhcn followed the Chairman’s Address. The ELECTION OF OFFICERS resulted in the appoint- ment of the following: — Chairman, Mr, E, H. Ising; Vice-Chairmen, Mr. W. A. Harding and i.t.-CoL Fulton; Secretary, Mr. K. V. Dix; Assis- tant Secretary, Mr. L. Reynolds; 'Treasurer, Miss Roeger; Maga- >.inc Secretary, Miss Roeger; Press Correspondent, Mr. 1C V- Dix; Librarian, Miss J. M. Murray. Committee. — Professor J. B. Cleland, Miss E. Ireland. Mes- srs. F. Trip:g. VV. H. Selway, H M Halo, A. j. Morison, F. K. (lodfrey and Dr. W. Christie. Fauna and Flora Protection Committee. — Professor J. Cleland, Dr. C. P'eniier, Messrs. IC Ashby, V/. H. Selway, j. M.. Black, F. Angel, W. Champion Hackett, B. B, Beck, J. Neil Mc- Gilp, Captain S. A. White, Lt.-Col. Fulton, FI. M. Hale and J. R. Royle. Editor '‘South Australian Naturalist.” — Mr. W’m. Ham. iCR-E.S. SEPTEMBER, 1932, The monthly meeting was held on the 20th inst., wlien the Chairman, Mr. E. FI. Ising, presided. ELECTION OF MEMBERS. Dr. AI. Schneider and Air. H. Greaves were elected members- NOAIINA3TONS. Aliss Howell, Pultcney Grammar Scliooi, South T’ce., City- Adiss B. Dixon, 5 Spring Street, York. Adiss Iv, Watson, 1 Adelphi I'errace, Gfenelg, Mr. W. Parkhousc, 14 Belmore Terrace, Woodvillc.. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. N(nt;MKEi<. 1932. E. II. Ising. 5 . Thu chief item was a lecture by Mr. C. W. Laubman ilius- .nated by a cinema film depicting the following: — The PlatypuSj the Koala, the Nesting of the Black Swan, the Lyre Bird, Big ddmiber in W.A., and the Barrier Reef. A hearty vote of thanks was awarded on the motion of iA.-CoI. Fulton, seconded by Mr. \V. A .Harding. OCrOBER, 1932. The monthly meeting was held on the 18th inst., the Chair- man, Mr. E. IT. Ising, presiding. ELECTION OF MEMBERS. Misses llcwell, B. Dixon, ].. Watson, and Mr. W. Parkhouse. NOMINATIONS. Miss II. M. MacKenzie, Miss E. A. Harwood, Miss G. Hill, Mr. W. A. Stow, Mr. W. H. Nelson, Dr. Everard, Miss A. Hol- land and Miss Jenner. GENERAL BUSINESS. LIBRARY. — Arrangements were made for the Librarian, Miss J. M. Murray, to be in attendance for exchange of book* every Thursday between 1 p.m. and 2 p.m., in addition to the t-.-ie of the monthly meetings. LECTURE. — ^The Chairman, jMr. E. H. Ising, gave a lecture on a trip to the Far North, during August and September, 1932. The lecturer stayed most of the time at Pedirka, 754 miles from Adelaide on the Alice Spring line; Hamilton Bore, Dalhousie Station, via Emery Range and the Stevenson River were visited. The country in general was an undulating gibber plain, part* of which were thickly strewn with loose stones or gibbers while low-lying portions, particularly small depressions, had the gib- bers formed into a firm pavement. Other depressions on the plain are known as ‘^Nrab-linles” and these, from 4 to 18 inches deep, were, strangely enough, quite devoid of stones. Into these depressions, which are often riv- ulets in the making, seeds are deposited by the wind and they develop the main vegetation of the plains. Next in abundance of vegetation arc the areas with loose gibbers amongst which plants are to be found. The small creekways leading into the larger rivers may be either lined with gidgee {Acacia Camhagei) or red mulga {A, cyperophylla) and shrubs and smaller plants of many different species. 6 . Procrcdhigs. S.A. NAT.. VOT-. MV NlAKMHl'R, 1932. The rivers themselves usually have two Eucalypts^ the Coolabah {Eucalyptus microtheca) and the red gum (£. rostraia) and often large specimens of gidgec. The whitewood {Atalaya hemiglauca) was seen in the Sic\enson Riven*. The sandhills developed necdlewood fJakea sp., Acacia ram- ulosaj shrubs of broom (Templetonia e^^cna) wdiich Is over 400 miles further norih lhan h havS previously been recorded. Cirass- cs were plentiful, mostly Aristida spp.; shrubs of Ereviophihi MacDonnellii and variety glabrluscula; the bird flowxr {Crota- laria C^inmnghamii) ; Sturt peas {Clianthus speciosus) and many composites. Many photographs and plant and mineral specimens were shown to illustrate the lecture. A vote of thanks followed. NOVEMBER, 1932, Idle nu)iithl\' meeting was held on the 15th inst., the Chair- man, Mr. E. H. Ising, presiding over a good attendance. ELECTION OF MEMBERS. Mr,. W. H. Nelson, Miss H. M. MacKenzie, Miss Jenner. Miss E. A. Harwood, Miss O. Hill, Mr. W. A. Stow, Dr. Everard and Miss A. Holland. NOMINATIONS. Miss H. C. Hughes, Mr. R. Buick. Mr. J. E. Excell, Miss Al. Moseley, Miss (h Williams, Mr. W . M. Nielson, Mr. Don- alsoR, Mr, and Mrs. L. J. Wicks, Mrs. J. D. Robert. GENERAL BUSINESS. The Chairman announced that 1933 would be the Jubilee of the. Section and suggested a special meeting to commemorate the occasion. The first meeting when officers w'^ere elected was held on I3th November, 1883. Arrangements for the Jubilee were left to the Committee to finalise. ) LECTURE. The evening was devoted to the study of Shells and was arranged by the Malacological Society of S.A. The first part was given by Mr. B. C. Cotton who treated the subject from the standpoint of the animal which makes the shell. Mr. Cotton illustrating the various groups of shells and their inhabitants, showed a most interesting and instructive series of lantern slides Mr. F. K. Godfrey read a paper on the study of this subject. Citing available literature and gave valuable hints for field work. S.A-. WAT.^ VOL. XIV. November, 1932. IP’ild Flower Show and N.H.F the thirteenth annual wild flower and NATURAL HISTORY EXHIBITION OCTOBER 14 and 15, 1932. rhe Exhibition was held in the Adelaide I own Hall, and vvx- have again to thank the Lord Mayoi* (Mn C; R. J. Glover) for his generosity in granting the use of the Hall on payment of working expenses. Mr. E. H. Ising was appointed Director nnd Secretary of the Exhibition and a Floor Committee, consis- ting the various conveners. Although a fair number of members was present, thei'e were not sufficient to get the work done expeditiously and in tlAie for the opening at 3 p.m. Too much praise cannot be given to the helpers. Tlte following scclions were represented, the convener's name- being placed immediately after the name of the section. i. Scientific Classification, Mr. J. M. Black. Two tables of named flowers, grouped in families. 2- Massed Flowers, Lieut.-Col. and Mrs. D. hulton. stage and extension were utilised for this display, and a very fine effect was produced. 3- School Collections, Miss J. M. Murray. The following schools sent flowers which were very fine this year. We arc very much indebted to the teachers and scholars who contributed to the success of the Show. The judge, Mr. J. M. Black, awarded the prizes to: — (1) Basket Range; (2) Orroroo; (3) Aldgate; (4)Moaarto South; (5) Myponga; (6) Yeelanna. Other schools^ contributing were : — Mylor, Elchunga, Jupiter Creek, Crafers, Birdwood, Uraidla. Mt. Pleasant, Laura, Reyneton Kangarilla, Wynarka, Karoonda,, Tweodvale, Wickham’s Hill, Pinery, Lenswood, Heathfield, Mt. Barker, Williamstovvn, Cherry Gardens, Moorlands Naturi, Kers- brook and Angaston. 4- .. Interstate Flowers, Mr. E. H. Ising. Western Australia — Rev. R. H. Featherstone, Busselton; Mr. R. T. Stubbs, 4 Teague St., Victoria Park, Perth; Mrs. A. R. Sewell, Mt. Caroline, Keller- berrin; Mr. H. M. Beames, Kalgoorlie; Miss R. M. Buckman, fvwolyin; Miss W. Dcdman, West Midland, for Field Natural- ists’ Club of W.A.; Mr. R. B. B. Ackland, Wongan Hills. Victoria — Field Naturalists’ Club, per Mr. J. W. Audas; orchids from Mr. E. E. Pescott; ferns from Mr. A J, TadgcU!. New South Wales — Barrier Field Naturalists.’ Club, per Mr. A. Morris. B. JVild I'lowrr Show /nul J^.A. \AT., VOL. XIV. Xo\ I'AIHKR, 1932. Queensland— Field Naturalists’ Club, per Mrs. H. N. Slaugh- ter, 'nuilimbali; Forest Photograjdiic Scenes, per 'Mr. E. V, Dix. Tasmania — Collection of plants from Cradle Mountain, per l)r. C. S. Sutton. 5. Cultivated Native Flowers. The outstanding and dis- tinctive collection of flowers grown by Mr. W. Burdett at Basket Range was a wonderful feature of the Itxhibition. Two large tables were filled from Mr. Burden’s garden and the variety of species and the colouring were tlic atlniiration of all those who came. We are deeply indebted to Mr. Burdett for the flowers which many people came specially to see. I\Tr. Edwin Ashby of Blackwood sent a line assorlinenl of natives which filled a large table and added to the interest wdiich so many now take in the cultivation of native flora. Miss M. A. Parkhouse sent a collection from Woodville. The display on these tables was the best we have ever had. 6. Paintings, Mr, L. H. Howie; judge, Miss Ia)is Laughton. 'Fhe Plant Study watercolour competition was well patronised and the prizes were awarded as follows: — (1) Miss M. McNichol; (2) Misses W. Burrow and A. Wood (tied). Design — (1) Miss R. Nutting. The above were for Central Schools only. Amateur Class— (1) Miss E. M. AH; (2) Miss J. M. McDonald. Miss Rosa C. Fiveash kindly lent a large collection of her paintings of Australian flowers and they formed a fine art gallery on two iides of the Hall, 7. Minerals, Mr. E. A. S. Thomas. The Australian Rad- ium Corporation, per Mr. J. H. vScotland, who kindly lent a range of radium ores, etc., and gave many talks on the exhibit diirine the course of the Show. Other exhibitors were Mr. E. A. S. Thomas and Mr. W. Ham. 8. Conchology, Mr. F, K. Godfrey. 'Phe Malacological Society of S.A. made an excellent exhibit of South Australian and other shells and various members spent hours in lecturing on the various exhibits. This section is always well represented and forms one of the most interesting displays in the Hall. 9. Aquatic Life. The S.A. Aquarium Society, per Mr. F. Blewett, staged their usual excellent series of jars containing native fishes and water plants, and the system of lighting en* hanced the display very considerably, 10. Museum Exhibits. The Board of Governors kindly al- lowed the Curator, Mr. H. M. Hale, to select a beautiful series of showy butterflies and moths, etc., also aboriginal face masks and native weapons. These created much interest. 11. Botany Department, University. Mr. Colquohoiin made -an excellent display of fresh grasses, native and alien. JJ’ild FloiCtr Shoa' and N.ll.E. S.A. NAT., VOr.. XIV. November, 1932. 9 J2. Fungi, Ephemcrals, etc., Prof. J. B. Cleland. A very interesting collection of tiny plants, seeds used as food in Centra! Australia by the aborigines, photographs of Central Australia, specimens, was staged. 13. Engineering Dept., University. 'Phrough the kindness of Prof. R. W. Cliapnian, a large series of timber samples giving tile breaking strain was shown. 14. Ornithology-, C'ap.t. S. A. White. A large collection of native birds was shown and lectures extending over many hours were given by Captain Wiiite. ■15. Mammals, Mr. U. M. h'iiilayson. i’lic rare Caloprym- uus, 'after being lost to \ iew for about 90 ^ ear.s and recently re- taken, and allied types mistaken for tlic rare species. 16. Plants of the Lake Torrens Plateaus, Miss B. J. Murray. A most interesting exhibit was prepared by Miss A4urray, con- sisting of a large number of types from the dry region north-west of Port Augusta. The specimens were accompanied with very copious notes which added greatly to' the educational value of the exhibit. 17. Agricultural Department, Mr. Warren. A large num- ber of pressed specimens of noxious and other weeds was shown, the clear labelling enabled visitors to identify weeds of common di.stribution. 18. Sales’ Stall, Mrs. Wm. Ham. Waratahs;, everlastings, and pot plants of manj'^ good native species were purchased and found a ready sale. 19. Pressed Specimens, etc^ Orchjds, Mr. H. Gqldsack. A large collection of orchids from New' South Wales, New Zea- lr4iKl and Western Australia, also photographs of many Queens- land specimens was arranged, and made a splendid display. 20. Eucalypts, Mr. A. D, Service. Specimens were exhib- ited from our own State, the West, New" South Wales and Victoria. Northern Plants, Mr. E. H. Ising. Specimens were shown from Tennants Creek (sent by Mr. W. Holtze), Alice Springs (sent by A.I.M. Sisters), Pedirka, Far North, collected by Mr. Ising. 21. Microscopes, etc., Mr. W. A. Harding. Messrs. Laub- man and Pank Ltd. staged a large assortment of instruments for various purposes Mr. Harding showed for the first time in Adelaide a Microtclescope. Other member^ lent microscopes and slides and sp^nt much time in explaining the latter. 22. Pond Life, A4r. J. E. L. Machell. A splendid variety of aquatic life of small insects and plants was exhibited through The courtesy of the Nature Study Laboratory of the Adelaide- Teachers’ College. 10 . Wild Flotver Shofv ami S^. N’AT.. xrv. Novxmbeb, 1932 23. Giant Earth Worm. Mr. Chas. Barrett, on behalf of the Victorian Field Naturalists’ Club, forwarded a giant earth ■worm about 5 feet long from Gippsland. This novelty, shown for the first time at our Shows, attracted much attention. It was afterwards presented to the Museum. 24. Cacti and Succulents, Dr. R. II. Pulleine. A most in- teresting collection of plants from Mexico and South Africa was shown, including a new species from South Australia (Gawler Ranges) named Carpobrotus Pulleinei (Order Aizoaceae). 25. Native Timbers. Mr. A. J. Wiley exhibited a large number of articles turned from our interior mulga {.‘Icuciu an- €ura) and other native timbers. Mr. E. A. S. Thomas arranged our collection of native timbers obtained from variou- Other Exhibits were displayed as follow: — Mrs. Sliephexd, a plaque on which native pressed flowers were mounted and then varnished. The Government Printing Office, copies of the hand- books of the Fauna and Flora of S.A. and coloured plates of E. Brown’s Forest Flora of S.A. Mr. F. Martin, a book of piess- e H O M a ra o H ■*“1 p w C n> c D- n> a 3 CL ♦-S o c n p r+ n> 3 o •n p 3 CL H o p c>;> Os 3 o“ n> -t in cr o C/J )3J C ^ 3 CL o np 3 o ^ 3 O 'n 3 3 3 •< cr fD ' *-i V5 P N cr *-t p § EL CL a p o 3 l-H ^ W )-H O o Q 7T irX 5‘ ’-a -t o O U) crj c ^ p I fD o P crq p N o C/} o 3. o f& G ^3* 2T o’^ O •:t *{' ^ CD ^ o 3 P O' w 3- cr p H Cd^ p ^ 3 4L ?r " Oi i\) < K> vjCA QOh-OO OOtOO ►— o vj o O O 00 On O Oj 00 Ca> OJ cn 00 00 tu Hs a) CL Hs u> O tD P P EL 3 cr Jt;- cd EL ET vO 00 t-n if) ^ r ffi > r ^ hTi !-» ? O 2: £J 0- 0-- g. g ? •-1 cL r-h a 4 l ^ ^ S'- 2. 3* “■ S r g ^ cn fc.— • » Tfi p. (1> P 03 ffi 2 o" Oi O . ro 5 b gcrq a lL Cd 3 Cl r> X i o V—* -t o -t t— * 13 O 3 CO c/^% «-+ p a *-t O n O) P •1 a> *-1 n H CO c: S J? > 3 r 3 0 > 1-5 o CO ** 50 o *d cn o *-9 o z a. O w*^ •S d § ffi S.W w o ►< > •< (B <1B 3 a r® a «2 fD ►o rr 3 or w O o »-4 m H »< O *3j o c X -G U3 O, U) o> r •-H > 1 S.A. XAT., VOL. XIV. No\ember, 1932 . THE ORCHIDS OF COROMANDEL VALLEY, SA . By Harold Goldsack. The distribution of orchids is of interest to all nature lovera and these notes will show the surprising number of species that can be found in a small district during the year. The locality I am dealing with lies between the southern end of Coromandel Valley and the north-eastern corner of Happy Vahey Reservoir, being bounded on the northern side by the Sturt Creek, and on the southern by a road which joins Coromandel Valley with the main South Road. This area ■emprises approximately one square mile and a half. Most of the ground is thickly covered with Peppermint Gum {Eucalyptus odorata) with scattered patches of Yacca {Xanthorrhoea semi- plana), while in the gullies are several species of larger Eucalypts. Large sandy patches contain a lower and more bushy type of scrub, and it is among these plants that the orchids thrive best. September and October are the orchid months par excellence. During these months I have found 19 and 25 species respectively. January, February, and March arc very lean times for orchid collecting here, and the only species to look for is Dipodium punctatum, R.Br.; even this one is missing from my list, but can be found at Cherry Gardens a few miles away, and so may possibly occur here. April, 3 species; May, 4; June, 6; July, 9; August, 8; November,. 13, and December 2, show the way In which the flowering period is spread out. Naturally, one particular species will flow’er for two or three consecutive months, and this should be remembered when considering these figures. In the following list of species I will adhere to the order in which Dr. R. S. Rogers places them in J. M. Black’s ‘‘Flora of South Australia/’ to enable those interested to look up their descriptions easily. Calochilus Robertsonii, Benth, One plant of this beautifully- bearded orchid was found by the banks of the Sturt Creek. Thelymitra liiteociliata, Fitzg. occurs plentifully, but never makes an attractive picture owing to the fact that the flowers seldom open. In cold weather many never do open, and yet set iced readily, being self-fertilized, T. grandifloraj Fitzg. Is but lightly distributed, r. aristaia, Lindl, in my opinion is our most beautiful Thelymitra. The flowers open readBy in dull sunshine, and tbeir fragrance is delightful. 13 . S.A. NAT,. VOL. XIV. ’ November, 1932 . The Orchids of Corom andel V alley, S.A. T. paucijlora, R.Br., T. carnea, R.Br., and T. flexuosa, Endl. -are ail small-flowered species, the last-named being uncommon liere. ■ . 7’. antennifera, Hook.f. is the sweetly-scented, yellow- flowered plant. On sunny days it makes the scrub a fairyland thronged by eager courtiers, all^ reflecting the lustre of their king, the sun. All the species of Thelymitra favour open ground where they receive plenty of sunshine. The genus Microtis is represented by two species, M. porri- joiicij Spreng., and AI. oblongUj Rogers., both being fairly common. They may be distinguished one from the other by the cmarginate-tipped labellum, whicli tlie former possesses, while the latter has an entire labellum. Prasophylhim is a genus witli many species of similar appearance and with many intermediate forms. One which is common here is I\ odoratum, Rogers, Others also found in the district arc P. patens, R.Br., and a few plants of P. Fitzgeraldh, Rogers et Maiden. P. nigricans, R.Br., one of the dwarf species, is abundant when searched for, but can easily be. overlooked through being 30 diminutive. The helmet orchids Corysanthes sp. were critically revised in 1928 by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp, and W. H. Nicholls with the result that two of our species have changed their names. The larger of the two in question was known here as C. fimhriaia, R.Br., but the joint authors showed that that species was not found in South Australia, and described our plant as a now species C. dilatata, Rupp and Nicholls. This plant has its flower standing high off the leaf, and the tubular portion of the labellum shows be'lbw the circular lamina when viewed from the front. The smaller plant, which was known here as C. pruvnosa, Cunn., was shown to be C, diemenica, LIndl. The flower of this species is placed close to the leaf and the lamina of the labehnm hides all the tubular part behind it. Both of these species should be found in this locality, but so far I have found but one, C. Jiemenica, Lindl, These were growing in a moist gully behind the butts of gum trees and in the shade of yaccas. Our dainty mosquito-orchids are represented by two species, Acianthus exsertus, R.Br., and A. reniformis (R.Br.), Sch. iCyrtosylis reniformis, R.Br.). Both are abundant, and are found in large communities in deep moss and rotting leaves where their tubers can spread easily. I have found some young tubers eight inches away from the parent plant. One of our most beautiful orchids is Lyperanthus ni^rican^ R.Br., sometimes called the “mournful flower.” The leaves of By Harold Goidsack. S.A. SAT., VOU XwJ November, 1932. i this species can be found anywhere in sandy ground, but they, are seldom found in flower. Just why this should be so is a. problem of orchidologists. (They flower after bush-fires — Kd.). A tiny^ autumn-flowering plant Is Erwchilus aicullatnn (Labill.) Rcichb.f, (Eriochiliis aytu7n7Uilis, R.Br.). 'bhe flcavers. of this plant seem to push up through the hardest of grciund. , and afterwards the leaf comes up and develops. They arc (juitc plentiful in ApriK The genus Caladenia is well known to most people as con- laining the spider orchids. Of the spidery type, the commnncst here is C. leptachila, Fitg/.. It is most abundant. - C. dilatata. R.’Br., is also very plentiful and unfortunately is ruthlessly pidccd by thoughtless holiday-makers. C. reticulata, Fitgz., is common at Blackwood, but two solitary plants are all that 1 have found here. It is difficult to understand whyi there shoulid be such ^ disparity in the numbers of one species in two adjacent districts when other species are so common in both. C. Patersoniij R.Br., the beautiful cream and pink-flowered BO^cies is becoming noticeably rarer each' year. A bush-fire has a rrofound effect on tlie flowering of some orchids, and this was demonstrated to me one year by a patch of C. Meiiziesn, R.Br. This patch, which was about six feet square, contained huntireds of plants from which in normal years one or two dozen flowers were produced; the season following the bush-fire every plant in the community, no matter what its size, burst into flower and clothed the ground with a mantle of pink and white. It was almost impossible to find a leaf without a flower. One of rny treasures here is a community of albino plants of this same species. *riie flowers arc little gems of snow-white purity. C. carnea, R.Br., and C,. latifolia, R.Br., favour damp gullies and other moist places. C. deformiSy R.Br., is wcl!i known to all, and is very plentiful here. Glossodia major, R.Br., is the orchid which takes the prize for making the best show in this scrub. It is a delight to see the ground covered with these beautiful purple flowers, all facing upwards to catch the spring sunshine. Very populai among wild flower gatherers arc tlie species of Diuris, Unfortunately so! Of these we have here D. pedun- ndata, R.Br., a common yeI!ow-flowered plant with several forms, some being tall and slender, and others short and robust with flowers as different as their habit. D. pahistris, Lind!. A very sweetly-scented brown and yellow- flowered plant; the .scent is most noticeable when the flowers are in strong sunligiit. S.A.- VOL. XIV. NovEMBfciR, 1932. Tbi Orchids of Coro mayid el k alley, ■S.ff. 15- D. maculata, Sm., and D. palachila, Rogers, are found growing together, but once known can be distinguished quite easily D. longifolia, R.Br., has brownish flowers shaded like the garden wallflower. It, also, is common. Orthoceras strictnm, R.Br., flowers in the heat of summer on open mossy ground, often in places where Cedadenia deformis, R.Br., had been plentiful earlier in the season. For our last genus we come to the plants called “Green- hoods.” Of these I have not seen Pterostylis curta, R.Br., for some years. It may be exterminated. P, nana, R.Br., is very plentiful. One year I noted it as flowering from May to October, a remarkable flowering period for any orchid in one district. Occasionally one comes across a two-flowered plant of a species which usually has solitary flowers, and both this last species and the next have been found here- bearing two flowers. P, rohusta, Rogers, is the plant long known as P. reflexa,. R.Br., and, like many others of the genus, grows in large com- munities. P, pedunculata, R.Br., favours very moist places in this district. Its real home appears to be higher up in the hills. P. barbata, Lindk, is welt known by its hairy protruding labellum, and occurs in some scattered patches. P. pusilla, Rogers, is the sole representative of the summer- flowering greenhoods that I have found here. Our plant, which is found at Blackwood and Eden Hills as well, is slightly different in some small details to the type form. It is found in flower in November, and, unlike the type form, has no greea leaves then. One of our most interesting orchids, and the last in this list is P. vittata, Lindl. Nearly all nature lovers are acquainted with the flowers of this plant, and their sensitive labella. It is quite common at present, but may become scarce under grazing. This brings the number of species which I have found in this small locality to 41, and no doubt several more remain to be discovered in the future. Nature lovers will! fed that they need not do any extensive travelling in order to obtain an insight into the habits of these beautiful and fascinating plants, for Nature has been lavish in her distribution of them in our hills.. HUMBUG SCRUB TRIP— January 30th, fare 5/-. NOTEll Cars leave at 9 a.m. and not at 2 p-m. as stated in program, 10. S.A. XAT.. VOL. XIV. \'in i.MBLR, 1932. SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. (Including descriptions of New Genera and Species). PART VI. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Gom rev. In this part the following families are treated:- — Acteonulae. ()belundai\ d>trovibiiormldae and Stiliferidae. ACTEONIDAE, Shell capable of containing the entire animal; spiral, with projecting or depressed spire; whorls moderately numerous, inter- na! whorl-partitifms not absorbed; surface generally sculptured with spiral punctured grooves; mouth rounded below, with or without coluinellar folds; operculum horny, few-whorled. Distri- bution — World-wide. Fossil — I’rias; North America, Europe, South India. Animal having a well developed head-disc, bearing the sessile eyes, and prolonged into triangular processes behind; lateral cpipodial lobes not developed; proboecis not retractile. Sexes united in the same individual. Acteoa Montfort 1810 ( = Tor7iatella Lcnjmarck 1812: — Speo Risso 1826: Kanilla Silvertop 1838: = Myosoto Gray 1847). Oval, rather solid; wholly or partly grooved spiral- !}% with fine accremental lamellae which punctuate only the hollow of the groove; spire generally shorter than last whorl; protoconch slightly prominent, deviated, heterostrophe; sutures well marked; mouth elongated, rounded below, narrowed above; outer lip curved, slightly sinuous above, thickened inside; columella thick, not truncated; crossed by a strong spiral and slightly oblique fold; operculum horny, shaped like the mouth, few-whoricd, with nucleus near basal margin. Type A. iornatilis Linne (British Isles). Animal having the cephalic shield squared in front, pro- duced behind in two triangular appendages, in front of the base* of which the eyes arc situated. A, retusot Verco 1907. “The Blunt Acteon.” Oval, thin; shining, translucent, ycliowish-whitc; spiral incisions, six in tlie penultimate, forty in the body-whorl, extending, crowded ami fine, to the columella; axial striae, delicate, close-set, cross^ the incisions, which they punctuate, climb, and crenulate their sides, and traverse the intervening flat spiral bands; protoconch of one whorl, apex immersed, convex, smooth, ending abruptly in^ an oblique retrocurrent scar; adult whorls five, convexly sloping, roundly shouldered immediately below the suture ; body-whorl Toundly-obliqucly cylindrical; suture deeply narrowly channelled; ^ "'novf.m'ber, 1932 . By Etmard C. Cotton and F . K . Godjrty. Yl _^ mouth obliquely-arcuately pyriform; outer lip simple, finely crin- kled outside; basal lip well-rounded, its inner half distinctly everted; columella with a wide, simple oblique fold; umbilicus small. Height 9.4, diam. 6.1 mm. (Type locality— 200 fathoms, off Beachport), also Cape Jaffa, and N.W. of Cape Borda 60-130 fathoms. A. areatns .Verco 1907 {A. roseus van jareatus Verco). PI. 2, fig. 1. “The Oblong-blotched Acteon.” Oblong-ovate, thin, rather shining; whitish, with scarcely oblong areas of light tusty-brown, on the body-whorl three axially and seven spiral!)r, separated by the wider of two spiral lirae, and reaching as high as the wide infra-sutural lira; all except the protoconch banded with spiral cords rather wider than the interspaces, twenty-six or twenty-eight on body-whorl; mouth and columella fold white; axial striae fine in the interspaces, thickened where they touch the spirals; protoconch subacute of two turns; convex, smooth; adult whorls six, convex, last whorl more than five times as long as the spire, rounded; mouth oblique, elongated, inverted ear- shaped; outer lip nearly straight, rounded below, crenulated without, smooth within; inner lip a fine glazej columella with one rounded fold and a furrow above it. Height 14 , diam. 8 mm-. Dredged Gulf St. Vincent, Investigator Strait, Spencer Gulf, 15-25 fathoms. (Type locflity-^Investigator Strait, 18 fathoms). Pupa Bolten 1798 (= Solidula Fischer de Waldheim 1807: — Dactylus Schumacher 1817: = Buccinulus H. & A. Adams 1858; = Torvalella of authors). Ovate or oblong, solid, spire short, conical; mouth two-thirds or more as high as the shell, narrow above, rounded ^ below; columella with a massive bilobed spiral fold, outwardly curving inio the lower margin of the peristome; parietal wall with one or more smaller folds; operculum transverse, elongated, curved, with imbricate elements and a lineas scar. Type — Voluta solidula Linne (Philippines). P, intermedia Angas 1878 {Buccinulus), PI. 1, fig. 2, “The Intermediate Pupa.” Elongately ovate, shining; white, with two bands of irregular descending brown flames and spots; spiral striae, grooved and finely punctured, numerous, becoming obsolete on centre of last whorl; spire accuminate, as long as the mouth; whorls six-and-a-half; sutures strongly impressed; outer lip simple, thin; columella with a strong bilobed fold near the base, and a smaller projecting plate above it; inner lip with a broad and spreading callus. Height 12, diam. 5.3 mm. Not common. Beach, Pt. Willunga, Rapid Head, Hardwicke 18 South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. November, 1932 . Bay; dredged Backstairs Passage, Gulf St. Vincent, Spencer Gulf, Cape Borda, 14-62 fathoms. Also Albany, W.A. beach to 35 fathoms. (Type locality — Aldinga Bay). The spiral incis- ions may be equidistant all over the body-whorl, or absent from the upper half of the body- whorl. Allied to P. affinis Adams from N.S.W. but differs somewhat in form and style of colouration. P. hyalma Vcrco 1907. ‘‘The Hyaline Pupa.” Minute, transparent, fusiformly oval; colourless; spiral incisions, sub- Icnticular, wavy, cover the, body-whorj; growth striae, very hne, rather sinuous; protoconch distinct, glassy, smooth; adult whorls about four, sloping, conyex; suture adpressed; mouth narrow, long, pyriform; outer lip simple, thin, continued into a round basal lip, which is thickened towards the columella; inner lip expanded slightly beyond the columella, over the umbilicus; a curve of the columella forms a fold running into the basal lip, and a second well-marked oblique fold where the columella joins the body-whorl. Height 3, diam. 1.5 mm. (Type locality — Fowler and Streaky Bay). Also Beach, Normanville, Carawa Beach, Brothers Island, Coffins Bay, Leucotina A Adams 1860 (= Myonia A. Adams 1860: Monoptygma A. Adams 1851). Ovate or elongated, usually rimate, thin; whitish; spiral grooves punctured or subpunctate; whorls convex; mouth rather small, oblong, produced and round- below; outer lip simple or crenulated within; columellla with an oblique fold. Type — L. niphonensis A. Adams (Japan). L. concinna Adams 1854 {Tornatella) (=: Rissoa punctata^ striata Tenison-Woods 1878: = Fossarus bulimoides Tenison- Woods 1876: — Acteon austrinus Watson 1886), PI. 1, fig. 3. Ovately turreted, umbilicated; grayish- white; spirally grooved, interstices microscopically crenulated; spire elevated; protoconch obtuse; adult whorls about five, flatly convex, angulated above; suture distinct; mouth oval, produced below; outer lip iiratc within; columella with oblique fold, somewhat obsolete. Height 13, diam. 5 mm. Dredged, Backstairs Passage, Investigator Strait, Gulf St. Vincent, 15-20 fathoms. Also Albany to Bun- bury, W.A., beach to 22 fathoms. (Type locahty — Moreton Bay). Examples vary considerably in their relative width and in the number of their spiral lirae. L. micra Pritchard & Gatliff 1900 (Turbontlla) (= Syr- nola puntospira Tate & May 1900). “The Tiny Leucotina.* Bulimoid; white; spiral lines, very fine, microscopically pitted; protoconch of one-and-a-half turns, oblique apparently smooth but pitted microscopically; adult whorls about three, slightly 19 . S.A. NAT.., VOL. XIV. November, 1932 . By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. G odjrey. convex; suture fairly impressed; mouth about onc-tliird of length of shell, elongate oval, broadly rounded below, slightly effuse; outer lip’ thin, thicker within, somewhat flattened towards the suture; inner lip reflected over a slight umbilical chink. Height 2, diam. .75 mm (Type locality — Phillip Island, Western Port,, Vic. in shell sand from 4 fathoms, Opimilda Iredale 1929. Short, squat, umbilicated ; spiral arid axial riblets, well marked; protoconch paucispiral bulbous, smooth, set almost at right angles to the rest of the shell; mouth subquadrate; outer lip simple; columella expanded anteriorly, meeting the lip at an angle. Type — Mathilda decor ata Hedley 1903. O. decorate Hedley 1903 {MathUa), PI. 1, fig. 4. “The Decorated Opimilda.” Broad, tiuTcted; pale-brown; two spiral projecting keels on the periphery mount the spire, with two minor cords above them, and one plain cord bordering the suture; axial riblets about twenty-five arise, outside the basal border and mouth, perpendicularly to the summit of the shell; these produce a bead at each point of intersection with the four spirals and cut their interstices into square meshes; spiral threads few, fine, on the otherwise smooth base, which is bounded by a double smooth cord; protoconch large, of more than one whorl, smooth, set on edge at one side of summit; adult whorls foyr-and-a-half; outer lip’ dentate by the sculpture; umbilicus, a chink. Height 4.25, diam. 2 mm. Dredged Cape Wiles 100 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Kembla N.S.W. 63-75 fathoms), Cioffulina Adams & Angas 1860. Tapering, turreted, whorls numerous, spirally ribbed, interstices sculptured; mouth somewhat oblong, rounded below; outer lip sharp, curved; inner lip straight, simple. Type — C. cirexnata A. Adams (Japan). This genus most nearly resembles Monoptygma in form and sculpture; but in the straight inner lip and absence of parietal fold it is like Turbonilla. The spiral ridges suggest Adis, but the form of the mouth is very different. G. spina Crosse & Fischer 1864 (Turritella) (= Adis fm- triata Tenison-Woods 1876). PI. 1, fig. S. “The Thorn-like CinguHna.” Small, conical, turriculate, regular, not umbilicated; white; spiral ribs, three, strong, rounded; last whorl bears a fourth rib finer than the others, near the base, which is smooth: whorls numerous, flat, increasing slowly; suture Indistinct; mouth somewhat quadrangular; outer lip simple; inner lip short. Height 14, diam. 3.4 mm. Robe to American River (Kangaroo Island) and Smoky Bay, beach and down to 130 fathoms. Not common. Also Albany to Bunbury W.A., 22 fathoms. (Type locality — South .4 list rail cm S h ells . November, 1932 . JO. Gulf St. Vincent). Very variable. May be very attenuate, or comparatively wide; uniformly tapering or posteriorly spindle- shaped; valid or obsolete spiral ribs; last whorl may be very ventricose; cingula usually nearly equal, but the central one may be more developed and the suture may be wide, deep, and distinct. C- diaphana Verco 1906. “The Diaphanous Cingulina.” Thin, diaphanous, conical; white; spiral lirae, seven, valid, scab- rous from microscopic growth striae, obliquely receding from the suture; protoconch asymmetrical, smooth; adult whorls six, med- ially keeled; body-whorl with a stouter lira at the periphery and a deeper groove below it, and seven basal lirae; base sloping; suture well marked, slightly channelled; mouth slightly con- tracted above, and narrowly effuse below; outer lip simple; inner lip complete.Height 2.1, diam. .7 mm. Henley Beach (Type locality, ), also dredged Gulf St. Vincent. C- magna Gatliff & Gabriel 1910. “The Large Cingulina.” Gradually tapering, shining; uniform creamy-whitc; spiral grooves, irregularly spaced, narrow, shallow, six on the penulti- mate whorl, gradually fading out on the earlier whorls; proto- conch of two turns, smooth, the apex small, asymmetrical; adult whorls nine, slightly convex, the earlier ones transversely pucker- ed at the shoulder; suture incised; base rounded; mouth pyriform; outer lip thin; continuous to w-hcre it joins the columella, slightly reflected at the junction. Height 10.5, diam. 2,75 mm. Gener- ally distributed, but not common, beach and down to 130 fathoms. (Type locality — Western Port, Vic.). OBELISCIDAE- Turreted, axis plicate; outer lip frequently internally liratc; in the larger forms the mouth is obscurely channelled in front; larvel shell sinistral, the adult dextral; protoconch frequently set at an angle to the adult axis, or more or less immersed in the adult apical whorls; sculpture, when present, ribbed, spirally sulcate, or reticulate; coloration, when present, usually reddish, brownish, or yellow; operculum ovoid, paucispiral, with anterior apex, a thread-like arcuate ridge on the outer side, the inner margin notched in liarmony with the folds of the columella when present. Distribution — ^World-wide, the larger forms mostly tropical. Fossil — Cretaceous, numerous in the Tertiary, but per- haps most fully developed in the existing faunas. Animal with two flattened, subtriangular or elongate tentacles, grooved or auriform in the larger forms, the funicles with a ciliated area; below the tentacles an oral orifice, from which extends a long, S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. Novemulr. 1932. C. Cotton end F> K. Godjf^y, Zl. retractile, subcylindric proboscis, but there is no muzzle like that of Scala; below the oral orifice is a distinct elongated flap, the mentum, which is usually more or less medially grooved or fissured; foot short, moderately pointed behind, with a small operculigerous lobe above and sometimes a small tentacular ap- pendix on each side, and double-edged in front; mantle slightly canaliferous on the right upper margin; a single gill-plume. Sexes aistinct. Pyramideltidae — Oheliscldae. Symola A. Adams 1860. Very small, tapering, straight,, vitreous, polished; protoconch sinistral; adult whorls flattened, future well marked; mouth somewhat oblong, outer lip simple, columella with a single plication. Type — Syrnola gracillima A. Adams (Japan). This genus was set up for banded translucent Odostomia. S« aurantiaca Angas 1867 {Styloptygma) (= Etilima aur~ Petterd 1884). “The Golden Syrnola.’^ Acutely elongate, rather thin, shining; fulvous orange with a pale band next below the sutures, darker on the lower whorls, fading into white on the upper whorls, which arc glossy and transparent; axial striae, fine; spire turreted; whorls eight, slightly convex; suture im- pressed; mouth small, narrowly ovate, produced anteriorly; col- umella fold small and rudimentary. Height 6, diam. 1.5 mm. Beachport to St. Francis Island, beach to 55 fathoms. Rare. (Type locality — Port Jackson N.S.W, from deep water). May referred to the colour as orange-and-white in Tasmanian specimens. S- bifasciata Tenison-Wooda 1875 {Obeliscus) (= 0. juc~ undus Angas 1877), “The Two-banded Syrnola.” Acutely el- onsrate. thin, shining, polished, subtranslucent; horny or whitish, with two light brown bands, three on the body-whorl; axial strrae, fine; protoconch mamillate, sinistral; adult whorls nine, flatly convex; suture impressed; mouth pear-shaped; outer lip thin; inner lip reflexed; columella fold not conspicuous. Height 7, diam. 2 mm. Beach and dow'n to ISO fathoms, Beachport S.A. to King George Sound W.A. Not common. (Type locality — Long Bay, Tasmania). S- brunnea A. Adams 1855 {Obeliscus). “The Brown Syrnola.’- Elongately tapering; brown or reddish-brown; axial striae, fine; whorls very numerous, flattened, slightly crenulated at the suture, last whorl rounded; suture deep; mout hoval, rather expanded anteriorly; columella straight, reflected below, expanded, with one fold. Height 20, diam. 5 mm. Encounter Bay S.A. to Bunbury W.A., beach and down to 150 fathoms. Not common. (Type locality — ^Japan). South Australian specimens are slightly broader than those from Japan. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. 22. ^outh Australian Shells. No^embkr, 1932. i S. infrasulcata Tate 1898 (Odontostomia). “The Basally- grooved Syrnola/' Narrow-lanceolate, not umbiticated , shining; white; axial striae, feeble; about six spiral incised lines on base; protoconch sinistral; adult whorls about eight, flat, body-whorl subangulate at the periphery; suture linear; mouth narrow, oval; outer lip not ribbed within; columella with one very prominent fold, In front of which the inner lip is effusively expanded, and its margin reflected. Height II, diam. 3.5 mm. Holdfast Bay, beach, (type locality) ; also Wauraultie, Spencer Gulf, In shell sand; dredged Rapid Head, Beachport and Cape Borda 10-150 fathoms. Much like S. gtacillima A. Adams, the type of the genus, but larger. There may be up to five groves on the body-whorl above the periphery, some of which are continued submedially on the spire whorls. The species is conspicuous by its elongate- oval mouth, effuse below, and the sulci on the base of the body- oval mouth, effuse below, and the sulci on the base of the body- whorl. S. tincta Angas 1871 {Pyramidella) (— S. michaeli Teni- son-Woods 1876). “The Tinted Syrnola.” Tapering, rather solid, shining; whitish, irregularly banded and marked with brown; smooth; whorls ten, nearly flat; suture deeply impressed; mouth ovate; outer lip thin; columella with one rather prominent fold. Height 6, diam. 1 mm. Beach Grange, Yankalilla, Venus Bay, Sceales Bay; dredged Gulf St. Vincent, Cape Borda, Neptune Islands, Beachport, 5-104 fathoms; also Western Australia, beach, Ellensbrook, Yallingup, Bunbury, Rottnest Island, Hopetown, Albany. (Type locality — Port Jackson N.S.W.). There is a translucent, colourless, form (a) with whorls slighdy round, bearing obsolete axial subcostate plicae; there are two forms larger than the type, one of which forms (b) is narrower, and dis- tinctly twobanded with brown; another form (c) of similar size to the type is narrower and more cylindrical, with a comparatively large protoconch, the shell having brown bands and blotches. The fine spiral and axial markings are formed on all recent individuals. S. unisulcata sp. nov. (not S. jonesiana Tate 1898). PI. 1, fig. 6. “The Single-grooved Syrnola.” Small, long, narrow, acute, thin, polished; white; spiral striae, subienticular, fine; axial striae, very fine; protoconch sinistral, oblique, smooth, of two-turns; adult whorls eight, upper whorls rather convex, lower whorls almost straight sided; one fine sulcus at the suture runs found the body whorl and penultimate fading away on the anti- penultimate; suture narrowly channelled; mouth pyriform; outer lip slightly effuse, and evenly curved; columella with a single 23 . S.A. N.^T., VOL. XIV. November, 1932 . By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey. sharply curved fold. Type — Height 7, diam. 1.8 mm. Rottnest Isand W.A, (Reg. No. D10626 S. Aust. Mus.) Beach, Gulf St. Vincent, Port Lincoln, also dredged Cape Borda 55 fathoms. Pre- viously mistaken for S. jonesiana Tate, a Pleistocene fossil from the Tintinara bore, which is without sculpture. S. unisulcata is larger, and the periphery less rounded. Examples vary in width of sutural channel and convexity of the whorls. S. jonesiana Tate 1898 {Odontostomia) . “Jones’ Syrnola''’ Narrowly pyramidal, shining; white; smooth; w'horls eight, of moderately rapid increase, flat; base regularly convex; suture linear, well defined; mouth pyriform, with a stout elevated fold at the origin of the columella, inner front angle of mouth slightly effuse and thickened with a slightly reflexed edge. Height 6.25, diam. 2 mm. Type, a Pleistocene fossil from the Tintinara bore. The species is broader than S. tincta but differs in; its longer mouth and the far-backward position of the columella-fold; in its apertural characters it resembles S, infrasulcata which is, however, a robust shell, and has a sculptured body whorl. The description is given here, but we have not seen recent S.A. speci- mens conforming with it. Recent specimens in the S.A. Mus. identified as this species, appear to be worn S. unisulcata (see above). S. elliottae sp. nov. PL I, fig. 7. “Eliott’s Syrnola.” El- ongate oval, rather solid, shining, polished, translucent; white, with one brown band immediately above the suture in the spire whorls, running round the body whorl to the middle of the outer lip; axial growth striae, very fine, numerous; protoconch globose, mammillate, sinistral, smooth, oblique, of two turns; adult whorls eight, flatly convex; suture impressed; mouth pyriform; outer lip simple, thin; inner lip reflexed; columella with one fold curv- ing uninterruptedly into the basal lip. Type — Height 8, diam. 2.3 mm. King George Sound W.A. 22-28 fathoms. (Reg. No. DJ0627 S. Aust. Mus.), Also Gulf St. Vincent, 1 specimen. More solid than S. bifasciata Tenison-Woods, and more pupaeform in the early whorls, profile is curved instead of straight; the columel- la fold curves into the basal lip, while that of S. bifasciata is somewhat straight and vertical here, with a second rudimentary fold. Named after Mrs. E. C. Elliott, a foundation member of the Shell Club, 1925, afterwards the Malacological Society of South Australia, and a painstaking collector on many Queensland, New South Wales, Tasmanian and particularly South Australian beaches. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. 24. South AnstraUon Slirlls. XovKMf’.ER, 1932. Odostomia Fleming 1813 (= Odontostoma Pb.ilippi): Odous=a tooth, stomata mouth. Oval, conoidal or turriculate, umbilicate; typically smooth; protocouch sinistral of one or two Turns: suture well marked; mouth oval; peristome mostly dis- continuous; columella with a single tooth-like fold; operculum horny, lamellar, subimbricated, with a median spiral groove, inner margin indented. Type — Turbo plicatus.,. Montagu (South of England). Animal elongated, head large and robust, bearing two conical tentacles, with eyes at their bases; foot depressed, truncated in front; mentum anteriorly bilobed. The shells are very small, usually smooth, and are found at low- water mark beneath loose stones, and at the base of small seaweeds in rock-pools; others are found in the laminarian zone, and some occur in deep water; some again live in brackish water. They subsist on soft animal substances, the radula being without teeth. Certain Northern species are commonly found on the *‘ears” of Pectens, and, from their habitual proximity to the e.tcretory passage of the scallop, it is inferred that they subsist on its faeces. The species are prolific and widely diffused. The sinistra! protocouch is a constant feature of the gems. In the S,.A. Museum are many new species from Southern Australia yet to be described. O- angasi Tryon 1886 (= 0, lactea Angas 1867, prcocc. Dunker). “Angas' Odostomia.” Elongate, rather thin, shining; white; smooth; whorls six, flattened; suture im- pressed; mouth small, ovate, somewhat produced anteriorly, one third the length of the shell; outer lip thin, simple; columella with one strong, oblique fold. Height 6, diam. 2 mm. Beach, MacDonnel! Bay, Port Willunga; dredged Gulf St. Vincent, Cape Jaffa, down to 130 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Jackson, N.S.W., in deep water.) O. australis Angas 1871 {Agatha) “The Southern Odos- tomia.” Acuminate, solid; whitish; decussated with axial ribs and more numerous spiral ridges, the axial ones evanescent at the base; whorls nine; sutures impressed; mouth nearly circular, entire. Height 10 diam. 2 mm. Rare. Beach — Gulf St. Vincent, Port Macdonnell; also dredged Beachport, St. Francis Island, 15-40 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Jackson,. N.S.W.) South Australian specimens average a little shorter and broader than the type, though apparently the same species. O. deplexa Tate and May 1900. PI. 1, fig. 8. “The Embracing Odostomia,” in allusion to the concealed protocouch. Elongate oval, moderately stout, shining; white; smooth, except for microscopic growth lines; protocouch concealed, except the 2 ?. S.A. NAT, VOL. XIV. r - i ■ Novkmbef. . 1932. By H. C. C ation an d f. k. Godjre papi!lary~like tip of the loop; adult whorls five, convex, slightly protuberant at the suture above; mouth oval; columella with a strong transverse fold at its origin. Height 3 diam. 1.1 mm. Beach, Port Willunga, dredged, Newland Head, 28 fathoms. Also beach Rottnest Island, W.A. (Type locality Frederick Flemy Bay, Tasmania.) Most like O. laevis, but the whorls are more convex, shell more cylindrical, and much smaller. O. laevis Angas 1867. “The Smooth Odostomia.” Ovately conical, thin, subdiaphanous, shining; white; whorls seven, a little rounded, last whorl not quite one half the length of the shell; sutures channelled; mouth oblong-ovate, a little produced anteriorly; outer lip thin, acute, simple; columella with a strongly developed, transverse fold. Height 7 diam. 3 mm. Beach, Gulf St. Vincent, Murat Bay, Venus Bay; dredged Rapid Head, Beachport, Cape Jaffa, 10-130 fathoms. (Type locality Port Jackson, N.S.W.) A variant from Port Willunga is as long, more solid, sutures more channelled, mouth much shorter, throat has spiral striae. O. mayi Tate 1898 {Odontostomia „[Pyrgulina]), “May’s Odostomia.” Conoidally turreted, rather solid; dull white; axial ribs, rounded oblique, wider than the interspaces, which are not sculptured; last whorl with about twenty axial ribs, which terminate at a spiral groove on the periphery; base somewhat flattened, radially ridged, defined by a spiral rib, which margins the peripheral groove; adult whorls five; suture deeply and broadly channelled; mouth oval; outer and inner lips joined by a callus; columella with one stout fold. Height 2-5, diam 1 mm. Rare. Beach, St. Francis Island; dredged, Gulf St. Vincent, St. Francis Island, Beachport, 20-40 fathoms. Also King George Sound, W.A, (Type locality — D’E,ntrecas- treaux Channel, Tasmania.) O. metcalfei Pritchard & Gatliff 1900 (Odontostomia) (—0. eburnea Metcalfe, MS. in British Museum). “Metcalfe’s Odostomia.” Biconic, thin, translucent; milky-white; axial striae, faint; protoconch sinistral of one-and-a-half turns with immersed tip; adult whorls three to four, somewhat convex; suture distinct; a narrow margin running parallel to and a little below the suture; mouth ovate, slightly effuse anteriorly; columella, with one strong tooth-like fold at the middle of the mouth; outer lip thin. Height, 2.5 diam. 1-25 mm. Rather rare. Beach, Yankalilla, Grange, Beards Bay, St. Francis Island, Murat Bay; dredged; Backstairs Passage, Gulf St. Vincent down to 35 fathoms. Also beach, King George Sound, Rottnest Island, W.A. (Type locality — Flinders, Western Port, Victoria)* 26 South A list ral ici u S hr II. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. November, 1932 . O. pupaeformis Sowerby 1865 {= O. kreffti Angas 1867). “The Pupa-like Odostomia.” Ovate oblong, white; axial ribs seven, valid, as wide as the interstices which are spirally striate; whorls nine, slightly convex; suture rather deep; mouth small, ovate, oblique; outer lip simple; columella with two folds, the higher rather conspicuous. Height 5.5 diam. ,75 mm. Dredged, Beachy:ort to Port Lincoln, 9-200 fathoms. Also Geraldton, Ellensbrook, Rottnest Island, Bunbury, W.A. (Type locality — New Caledonia). Rather variable. The costae may be con- tinued to the columella, and there may be a narrow spiral lira just above the suture between the ribs. Another form is without spiral striae. Others are shorter, whorls more convex, costae nine instead of seven and more sinuous, spiral threads much more numerous. This last form taken from beach, St. Francis Island, and King George Sound, W.A., and dredged to 55 fathoms. O. simplex Angas 1871. “The Simple Odostomia ” Am- minately ovate, rather solid; whitish; smooth; whorls seven- and-a-half, rather flat, a little angulate at the suture; mouth subovate, lirate within; outer lip simple, with elevated striae within; columella with a single, sharp transverse fold. Height, 4 diam. 1.5 mm. Dredged, Gulf St. Vincent, Investigator Strait, Backstairs Passage down to 19 fathoms. Also Geraldton, W.A. (Type locality — Port Jackson, N.S.W., dredged.) Thtre is a ventricose variant somewhat channelled at the suture, dredged Gulf St. Vincent and Cape Borda down to 55 fathoms. Another and smaller form, about 3 mm. with a diameter of 1 mm. showing spiral folds within the throat, taken on beach, King- ston, Tourville Bay, and dredged Beachport to St. Francis Island, 35-62 fathoms. O. auprasculpta Tenison-Woods 1877 (Rissoina) {~0, varians, Tate and May, 1900). “The Top-sculptured Odos- Tomia,“ in allusion to the peculiar sculpture on the top or upper portions of the whorls. Acuminately oval; whitish or translu- cent horn; spiral grooves, four, deep, narrow, irregularly spaced, the first three grooves are relatively wide, the fourth is a slender lincation sunk in the sutural canal; the first and second ligatures are broken up into blunt, straight, axial ridges, or studded with small granules (some translucent specimens are without sculpture save for faint spiral furrows on the body whorl); protocouch pellucid, smooth, papillary as a whole, forming a small lop-sided bend; adult whorls five, flatly convex; suture broad, deep; moutii oval; columella slightly arched, with a slender fold above; an 27 . ,.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. November, 1932 . B^fnard C. Cotton end F. K. Godfrey, unbiical chink formed by the thinly and sparingly exsert inner lip. Height 3, diam. 1.4 mm. South Australia, very rare. Beach — King George Sound, W..A<. (Type locality — Long Bay, Tas- mania.) O. victoriae GatlllT and Gabriel 1911. “The Victorian Odostomia.” Elongated, acjcular; white; spiral incised lines, microscopic, numerous, that at the periphery of the body whorl being well defined; adult whorls nine, slightly convex; suture incised; mouth ovate; inner lip slightly everted; columella with a moderately strong ascending fold; situated well within the mouth. Height 7, diam. 2.6 mm. Rare. Fowler’s Bay, Gulf St. Vincent, MacDonnell Bay. Also King George Sound, W.A. (Type locality — Port Albert, Victoria.) A thin vitreous shell of a regularly tapering form. Specimens apparently closely allied to 0, victonae are in the S.A. Museum collection identified as 0, densestriata Go.rvQll (Id. Sir J. C. Verco), a Viti Island species. They are more closely allied to O. victonae, O. vincentiana Tryon (=0. gracilis Angas 1878 {Parthe7iia\ preocc:). “The Gulf St, Vincent Odostoniia.” Elongately tur- reted, rather thin; white; axially ribbed, the interstices crossed by very fine spiral striae; whorls seven-and-a-half, slightly convex; contracted above and below the suture; suture strongly impressed; mouth quadrately ovate; columella with a single sharp tooth-like fold. Height 5, diam. 1 mm. Beach, Grange, Yan- kalilla, Robe, MacDonnell Bay, uncommon. Dredged, Backstairs Passage. Also beach Geraldton, W.A. (Type locality — Glenelg, shell sand.) O. taylorae sp. nov. PL 1, fig, 9. “Taylor’s Odostomia.” Elongated ovate, rather solid; light horn color, the protocouch and one or more following whorls blackish; axial growth striae, minute, valid; no spirals; protoconch sinistral, slightly oblique, rather depressed, of one and-a-half turns; adult whorls five, nearly flat; suture well marked; mouth ovate; outer lip convex, effuse anteriorly; columella with one nearly horizontal fold; no spiral striae in the throat. Type — Height 4, diam. 2.5 mm. Beach — Venus Bay, S. Aus. (Reg. no. D10628 S.A. Mus.) Also taken beach — Smoky Bay, Tourville Bay, jMurat Bay; not uncommon. The dead shell is usually light horn coloured as in the type, but living specimens usually have some or all of the whorls brown, blackish, or blackish-blue. Allied to 0. deplexa Hedley, and differs in that the shell is narrower, spire longer, protoconch comparatively larger, mouth longer and narrower, lip more effuse anteriously. Named after Miss Violet Taylor, 28. South An si rail an S lulls. S.A. NAT.. VOL. XIV: Nuvlmbkr. 1932. an enthusiastic collector tutored by the late Mr. E. II. Matthews^ and a foundation member of the Shell Club 1925, now the Mala- cological Society of South Australia. O. compta Brazier 1877. “The Adorned Odostomia.” Elongated, very thin, transparent; white; smooth, spire much lengthened; whorls eight, slightly convex, last minutely keded' in the centre, angulated at the sutures; sutures channelled; mouth ovate, produced anteriorly; peristome thin, acute, interior of mouth near the edge granulated, furnished well down with nine narrow, minute raised lines of striae, interstices broad, minutely granulated; columella with strong, thick, transverse spiral fold. Height S, diam. 2 mm. Very rare. Beach — ^Gulf St. Vincent. Also beach — King George Sound, W.A. (Type locality — Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 20-30 fathoms, sandy bottom. Like O. simplex Angas, but differs by being keeled. According to Hedley, the following shells from Darnley Island and Cape Yorke are slight variation of one form — O. affi7iis,. Brazier. O, compta Brazier, O. poKta Brazier, 0. parvula Brazier (not O, polita Bivona and not Pease). Turbonilla Risso 1826 {—Cheimiitzia D’Orbigny 1839:77:: PyrAisctis l^hillippi, 1841: ^ EiilurhomUa Semper 1861). Slen- der, elongated; mostly axially ribbed or spirally striate; protoconch sinistral; adult whorls many, dextral, and but slightly conv^ex; mouth simple, oval or subquadrangular, peris- tome not continuous; outer lip thin; columella vertical, either without folds or with a single small obscure fold; operculum horny, subspiral, margin next the columella entire, face with a spiral groove. Type — T. elegantissima Maegregor. Distin- guished from Odostomia by the elongated form, usually axially ribbed, and the columella with, at most, a very^ obscure fold. Turbomlla comprises a great number of small, graceful white shells, w'hich have been grouped in a number of genera and sub- genera. Some new species in the South Australian Museum will be described at a later date. T. acicularis A. Adams 1853. PI. 1, fig. 10. { = mac- leayana Tenison-Woods, 1876). “The Needlc-like Turbonilla.’* Extremely attenuate, turreted, rather solid, shining: white; axial fibs, oblique, eleven to fourteen in the last whorl, smooth, raised, rounded, reaching from suture to suture; whorls fifteen, flattened; suture well impressed; mouth quadrate; columella straight^^ obliquely plicate. Height 10, diam. 1.5 mm. Beach — Corney Point, Hardwicke Bay, uncommon. Dredged — Backstairs Pas- sage, Gulf St. Vincent, five fathoms. (Type locality — acicularis,. S.A. XAT.^ yOL. XIV. November, 1932 . Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey. Loay Island, Bohol, sixty fathoms in clayey sand; macleayana, Long Bay, Tasmania). A small aclcular species with the ribs wide apart and the interstices plain. Distinguished by the very Slender, turreted, habit. T. beddomei Petterd 1884 (Chemnitzia) (-T. scalarina J>rarier 1894: = T. cremiHfera Tate 1892). “Beddome's Tur- boniHa."* Elongatcly turrctcd, shining; milky -white, opaque; axial ribs, small, the interstices equalling the ribs in width; ribs obsolete at base of last whorl; whorls eight rounded; suture very much impressed; mouth oval: outer lip thin. Height 5, diani. 1.5 mm. Ccncral, all round the South Australian coast, but not common, beach and down to 55 fathoms. (Type locality — North West Coast, Tasmania). Some taken alive are purple stained. T. brevis Pritchard & Gatliff 1900 “The Short Turbonilia.” Very small, pupaeform; white; axial riblets, fine, close, about sixteen to twenty, with fine spiral threads in the interstices, giving rise to a clathrate ornament; the sculpture not always well marked on the body whorl; protoconch sinistral, smooth, of one- and-a-half turns, with immersed tip; adult whorls four or five, flattish or slightly convex, very gradually increasing in size; suture is well and somewhat suddenly impressed, imparting to the whorls a rather more convex appearance at the suture; mouth oval; outer lip thin, and alter ascending descends slightly before joining the penultimate whorl Height 2, diam. ,75 mm. Beach — Port Willunga, Wauraltie, Streaky Bay, Fowler Bay, uncommon;, dredged — Gulf St. Vincent, Cape Borda down to 55 fathoms. (Type locality — Rhyll, Phillip Island, Western Port, Victoria, from shell sand dredged from about 4 fathoms). Appears most like T. scalarina Brazier a Sydney shell, but is apparently more robust for its size, of fewer whorls, with distinct ornament in the interstices, and with more numerous ribs which run straighter up the shell. Shells in the S.A, Museum identified as T. brevis indicate that the protoconch is usually nearly horizontal, but some, apparently the same species, have the protoconch immersed. T. hofmam Angas 1877 (= T. nitida Angas 1867, preocc) “Hofmanns Turbonilla.” Sharply tapering, lurreted, rather thin, ■hining; white; axial ribs, prominent, rather broad, interstices smooth, narrow; ribs abruptly ceasing at the periphery of last \vhorl; whorls thirteen, slightly convex; sutures impressed; mouth small, subquadrate; outer lip thin, a little produced below; colu- mella straight. Height 10, diam. 2 mm. Beach, Harwicke Bay, not common. Dredged, Rapid Head, Yankalilla Bay, Gulf St. Vincent, Backstairs Pasage, Investigator Strait, Middleton, to 30. South Australian Shdls. S.A. NAT., VOT., XIV. November, 1932. 17 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Jackson N.S.W., dredged). May considered this to be a variety of T, mariae Tenison-Woods. T. hofmani is very variable; form (a) is smaller, narrower, thin- ner. translucent between the ribs, with a translucent band in each spire whorl, and another just above the suture, and about i half-a-dozen translucent hair lines; there may be up to three narrow brown spirals In the whorls, and a wider one in the base • of the body-whorl; the intercostals smooth or faintly spirally striate. Form (b) more slender, with eight to twelve well marked ‘ spiral incisions at about equal distances, except between the middle I two where the space is wider; four to six spiral incisions on the ! base; in some the interspaces between the ribs cease abruptly ' at the periphery, in others the ribs and interspaces are bounded ' just above the suture by a smooth spiral band; rarely this form is pink, and some have brown bands. T. mariae Te.nison-Woods 1876. “Marie's Turbonilla.” Elongated, cylindrical, turreted, somewhat solid; milky-white, , opaque; axial ribs, numerous, thick, sloping, rounded interstices : small, inconspicuous, as wide as the ribs; ribs on last whorl scarcely obsolete at the periphery; whorls twelve, flatly convex; base smooth shining, convex; mouth oval, angulated above, pro- duced and inverted below. Height 10, diam. 2 mm. Beach, Venus Bay, Macdonnell Bay, Robe, rather uncommon. (Type locality — King Island, Bass’ Straits). T. porteaensis GatlllT & Gabriel 1911. “The Portsea Tur- bonilla.” Elongated, solid; milky-whilc; axial ribs, about twenty- two on the penultimate whorl, prominent, shining, just project at the shoulder and continue to the base, wliere they cross a faint t arination, gradually vanishing as they approach the columella; interstices deep, as wide as the ribs; spiral striations, close, uni- fopm, interstitial, more numerous on body-whorl and base than on the spire whorls; protoconch sinistral of two turns; adult whorls seven, rounded, slightly shouldered; suture well defined; mouth ovate; inner lip slightly reflected. Height 4.5, diam. 1.5 mm. Beach — St. Francis Island, Smoky Bay, Venus Bay, Robe, Mac- Donnell Bay, uncommon. Also King George Sound, W.A. (Type locality — Portsea, Victoria), A graceful form, milky-white colour and ornate sculpture. The interstitial striation serves as a use- lul recognition mark, and in this respect somewhat recalls Odos- to77iia pupaefonnis Sowerby. It is axially costated to the base and the suture is not channelled. T, varicifera Tate 1898. “The Variced Turbonilla.” El- ongate, turreted; chestnut-brown, the varices mottled with white, or various shades passing to white occur; axial ribs, close-set. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. November, 1932. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfr ey. 3L slightly oblique, rounded, wider than the interspaces, here and there two or more ribs are confluent to form a broad varix; last whorl with about twenty axial ribs, evanescent at the regular- ly rounded periphery; spiral lines, about fifteen on the penulti- mate whorl, cross the axials; base spirally linear-sulcate; whork. twelve, flatly convex; suture well defined; mouth oblong; colu- mella with an obscure fold. Height 15, diam. 4 mm. Dredged generally, but rare. (Type locality — Gulf St. Vincent, deep wat- er). Variable — form (a) has varices on the body whorl and base but not on the spire whorl; the ribs end on a prominent peripheral spiral lira; there is no peripheral angulation; the spiral incisions are wider and form broad spiral rounded lirae; the shell may be purple brown or quite white. Form (b) is narrow- er than the species, has no varices, no angle, no sudden cessation of costae. Form (c) is variced, angled, and the ribs suddenly cease. T, admiranda Tate & May 1900 (— Elusa bifasciata Teni- son-Woods 1877: — Tf. f estiva Angas 1877. “The Turbonilla vwrhy of admiration.” Turreted-tapering, translucent, shining; the whorls are one-half white and one-half cliestnut, with a line of deep colouring on the boundary; on the last whorl the band of colour is bordered by two darker lines; axial ribs numerous, rounded, twenty-six in the last whorl; mouth ovate; columella with one fold. Height 7, diam. 1.5 mm. Beach, general in shell sand, rather uncommon. Also beach, King George Sound, W.A. (Type locality — Blackman^s Bay, Tasmania). T. fusca Adams 1853 (Chemnitzia) (z= T. erubescens Tate 1879). “The Reddish-brown Turbonilla.” Turreted lanceolate, shining; reddish-brown; axial ribs numerous, smooth, as wide as the interspaces which show numerous spiral incisions; whorls numerous, rounded, subangulated above; suture deep; mouth sub- quadrate; columella with one oblique fold. Height 6, diam. 1.2 'mm. Beach, general, uncommon. Dredged to 55 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Lincoln). A small shining red brown spec- ies with convex whorls and numerous thin ribs. A variant has a spiral groove just before the suture, crossed by the axial costae, and fewer spiral threads; dredged Cape Borda, 55 fathoms. Oacilla A Adams 1867. Solid, ovate or pyramidally turret- ed, imperforate; whorls strongly spirally lirate; mouth oval or subquadrate, with a strong, transverse, median parietal plication.. Type — P. (Pyramidella) annulata A. Adams (Philippines). O. tasmanica Tenison-Woods 1876 {Parthenia) {= O. ligata Angas 1877). PI. 1, fig. 21. “The Tasmanian Oscilla.” Minute, pyramidal, tumid, iricarinate, subumbilicate; rosy white Novembfr, 1932, 32 . Snut h ul ustralicn: Shells. in life; axially faintly striate; protoconch subtumid; adult whorls six, conspicuously tricarinate, -flat, carinae raised, rounded; base subconvex, lirate; mouth pyriform, entire; inner lio reflexed, with a very distinct transverse tooth-like fold. Height 2.5, diain. 1 mm. Streaky Bay. (Type locality — Long Bay, Tasmania, dredged). A minute three-keeled shell, upper and lower keels so closely united as to appear one broad keel in which the suture is concealed. STROMBIFORMIDAE. Small, genrally elongated, tapering or turriculate, shining, polished, spire sometimes curved; mouth oval or pyriform, entire, lip simple, columellar margin more or less thickened; operculum horny, paucispiral, sometimes absent. Distribution — Tropical and Temperate. Fossil — Jurassic. Animal with slender tapering tentacles and eyes sessile at their outer bases; proboscis retractile, invaginate, when extended very lang; mouth without jaw or rad- ula; foot elongated, produced in front; mantle with anterior rudi- mentary siphonal fold. They creep with the foot much in advance of the head, which is usually concealed within the mouth of the shell, the tentacles only protuding. More or less parasitic on sea-urchins, holothurians. Sexes probably distinct. Eulima Risso 1826. Jeffreys refers to the name Eultma as a compound of a Greek and a Latin word, signifying finely polished; VVoodward gives it as from enlhma, ravenous hunger. Awl-shaped, polished, shining like porcelain; not umbilicate; spire finely taper- ing to a regular point and slightly twisted to one side; whorls many; suture slight; varices slight externally, but forming small ribs within, marking the position of successive months; mouth ovate, entire, angulate above and rounded below; columellar border reflected; operculum horny, paucispiral, nucleus near the inner lip. Type — £. polita Linne (British Isles) — Eulima Aegantissima Montag, E. augur Angas 1865 (— E. proxima Sowerby: — E. aph- eles Tenison-Woods 1878: E, margmata Tenison-Woods 1878). ‘'The Augur Eulima.” Rather narrow, solid; wliite, opaque; smooth; spire very slightly curved; the old mouths not uniformly along one side, there may be a variation of a quarter of a whorl either way; protoconch blunt, of two scarcely convex whorls, slightly oblique; the protoconch is usually missing and dredged examples show the irregular fracture where it has broken away; shore specimens have the posterior end blunt from beach rolling; adult whorls eight, early whorls more or less convex, later whorls rather flattened; periphery of body-whorl rounded; suture mar- gined; mouth suboval; outer lip sinuous above; columella straight. B.C.C. PLATE I. Fig. l—Acteon areatus Verco. Fig. 2 — Pupa intermedia Angas. Fig. 3 — Leucotina covcinna Adams. Fig. 4 — Opimilda decorata Healey. Fig. 5 — Cingtdina spina Crosse & Fischer. Fig. 6 — Syrnola unisulcata sp. nov. Fig. 7 — Syrnola elliottae sp. nov. Fig. 8 — Odostomia deplexa Tate & May. Fig. 9 — Odostomia taylorae sp. nov. Fig. \Q—Turbonilla acicularis Adams. Fig. 1 1 — Eulima roegerae sp. nov. Fig. 12 — Eulima murrayae sp. nov. Fig. 13 — Eulima georgiiregis sp. nov. Fig. \4—Etdim,a edwardsi sp. nov. Fig. 15 — Etdima triggi sp. nov. Fig. 16 — Eulima planicincta sp. nov. Fig. 17 — Eulima gradata sp. nov. Fig. 18 — Melanella petterdi Beddomc. Fig. 19 — Strombiformis broadbentae sp'. nov. Fig. 20 — Strombiformis williamsi sp. nov. V. Fig. 21 — Oscilla tasmanica Tenison-Woods. Fig. 22 — Psetidorissoina tasmanica Tenison-Woods. Fig. 23 — Stilifer brazieri Angas. Fig. 24— Eulimella plmiketti sp. nov. South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. November, 1932. 32a. Height 11, diam. 3.5 mm. Rather common, beach ,all along the: South Australian coast; dredged Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, to 22 fathoms. Also Western Australia, Esperance, Hope- town, King George Sound, Ellensbrook, Bunbiiry, beach and down to 35 fathoms. ('I’ype locality — South Australia). E, commensalis Tate 1898. “The Commensal Eulima.'’ Elongate-pyramidal, strongly curved in two directions, trans- lucent glassy; fawn-coloured with contained animal; smooth; whorls ten, moderately convex; body-whorl globosely inflated, thence tapering to the very acute yriHoconch; mouth semi-circular; outer lip much curved medially; front of mouth well rounded, but the margin slightly reRected, so that seen from behind there is the semblance of basal constriction. Height 5, diam. 2 mm. Generally distributed, from Bcaciiport S.A. to Itllcnsbrook W.A., beach and down to 100 fathoms, commensal on the long spires of certain sea-urchins. (Type locality — Holdfast Bay and Aldinga Bay, commensal with certain species of A mbiy pneustes . a genus ot rather long-spined sea-urchins). Mouth like that of E. temsonx Tryon, but protoconch very actite (not mamillatc), shell much narrower. E. inflata Tate & May 1900. ‘The inflated Eulima.” Whorls slightly irregularly convex; penultimate whorl somewhat contracted; last whorl much inflated, regularly convex; mouth small, roundly oval, hardly oblique; outer lip not retreating at the sutural margin. Height (without proloconch) 6.25, diam. 3 mm. Rare, Beachport S.A. to Rounest Island, W.A., beach and down to 110 fathoms. ('Type locality — Noith coast of Tas- mania). Rcsembcls K. tryoni Tale & May, but thinner and long- er for the same number of whorls — whorls more convex; tryonx has a more oblique mouth, narrower base, which is oblique on the left side. South Australian specimens are a little longer and narrower than the type. E. mayr Tate 1900. “May*s Eulima.^’ Solid, highly pol- ished; white; spire with a slight apical twist from before back- ward, gradually tapering to an extremely allcnuated tip; whorls fourteen, flat; month elongate oval, a little higher than wide, elightly oblique; outer Hp retreating from the middle line to the suture. Height 7.75, diam, 2.5 mm. Gulf St. Vhneent S.A. to King (icorgc Sound W.A., beach and down to 35 fathoms. (Type locality — East coast of 'Tasmania, soutli of Swansea). Resembles A. intermedia, but the last whorl approximately half the length of shell, instead ol one third, as in that Mediterranean ipccics. South Australian specimens are narrower and smaller— the type of E. mayi appears to be unique. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. Novkmber, 1932. By Bernard C. Cct ton and F. K. Godfrey^ 33. E. mucronata Sowerby 1866. “The Sharp-Pointed Euli - ma.” Cylindrical, narrow, transparent; smooth; protoconch itharp pointed, of three turns; adult whorls seven, flat, the first suddenly swelling out from the mucronate protoconch; last whorl oblong; suture margined; mouth scarcely pyriform, rounded be- low: outer lip thin; columella oblique, slightly tortuous. Height 10, diam. 2.5 mm. Beach, Grange, American River, Fowlers Bay. Also W.A., King George Sound, beach and down to 28 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Jackson, N.S.W.) E. expansilabra May 1910. “The Expanded-lip Eulima.” Tapering, slightly bent; white; smooth; protoconch minute; adult whorls about seven, rounded, increasing rapidly; body whorl in- flated; suture well impressed; mouth large, angled above and below; outer lip roundly expanded; columella rather straight, well reflexed. Height 3.5, diam. 1.5 mm. Rare, dredged — Nep- tune Islands, Cape Jaffa, Beachport, 104-300 fathoms. (Type locality — From 100 Fathoms, seven miles cast of Cape Pillar, Tasmania; also from 40 and 80 fathoms, east of Schoiiten Island, Tasmania). Remarkable for its small spire, large body whorl, and widely expanded mouth. May in his Check List gives this as a synonym of E. munita Hedley, but that has the mouth rounder and more effuse. E* orthopleura Tate 1898. “The Straight-sided Eulima.” Pyramidal, straight, shining; opaque-white; whorls nine, flat; last whorl subangular at the periphery; mouth rhomboidal. Height 6.25. diam. 2.25 mm. Not uncommon. Beach, Gulf St. Vincent and westward to Bunbury, W.A. (Type locality — ^Holdfast and .Aldinga Bay) The rhomboidal mouth differentiates it from E. augur, and in addition it is distinguishable from the latter by a subangular base. May be only a variety of E, augur Angas. E. tryoni 'i'ate & May 1900 (=: E, micans Tenison-Woods 1875 preocc. Carpenter). “Tryon’s Eulima.” Minute, obtusely turreted, slightly curved, polished; whitish; extremely smooth; protoconch mamillated; adult whorls about five, flattened above, penultimate rounded, last subinflated; mouth pyriform; outer lip thin, produced; inner lip reflected. Height 3, diam. 1.5 mm. Uncommon. Gulf St. Vincent, west to Rottnest Island W.A., beach to 104 fathoms. (Type locality— Long Bay, Tasmania). A very hightly polished translucent Eulima. The mamillated protoconch distinguishes it from A. tenisoni Tryon 1886 which is almost mucronate. 34 . South Australian Shflls. S.A. NAT., VOI.. XIV. , N ovem ber, 1932. £• temsoni Tryon 1886. “Tenison-Woods Eulima. " The- shell figured by Iryon is sharp pointed and is a different species from E. tryoni Tate & May. It is related to E. latipes Watson, which has a broader base, patulous outer lip, and has a somewhat rapid increase of growth of the spire. Height 3, diani. 1.3 mm. Not uncommon in shell sand all along the coast, from Beachport S.A. to Hopelown W.A., and dredged to 130 fathoms. (Type locality — 'Fasmania). This shell is very much like E. tryoni but without the blunt (almost mamillatcd protocoiich. It seems to vary a good deal in its obesity, some being much narrower than others; some are more or less horn coloured, some white, other* partly bluish-brun; some arc nearly straight, others distinctly curved in two directions, lateral and vertical. When alive, they are somewhat translucent. E« topaziaca Hedlcy 1V08. Minute, narrowly ovate, pol- ished, semitransparent: white or brown with a marked subsutural translucent band, due to callus at the back of the mouth; micro- scopic accremcntal and spiral striae; protoconch dextral, rather obtuse; adult whorls about four, rapidly in(creasing, oblique, sloping, contracted at the suture; columella and base of each spire whorl visible through the shell; mouth pyriform, rounded and siiglitly effuse below, contracted and angled above where it rends to separate from the body whorl; outer lip simple; colum- ella refleflcted, narrow. Height 2.55, diam. 1.25 mm. Dredged — Cape Borda, 55 fathoms. (Type locality — Middle Harbour, Sydney). The shape of this excentric Ejilhua is like that of Rissoa. E- expansilabra May 1910. “The Expandcd-lip Eulima.''^ Tapering, slightly bent; white; smooth; protoconch minute; adult whorls about seven, rounded, increasing rapidly; body whorl in- flated; suture well impressed; mouth large, angled above and below; outer lip roundly expanded; columella rather straight, well reilexed. Height T5. diam. 1.5 mm. Beachport to Neptune Islands, beach to .500 fathoms. (I’ype locality — Seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 'Tasmania, 100 fathoms), also from Schouten Island, Tasmania, 40 and 80 fathoms. Remarkable for its small spire, large body w'horl. and widely expanded mouth. Approaches E, minuta Hcdlej' (from N.S.W. and 4’as.), but mouth is rounder and more effuse. May in his Check List gives expansilibra as a synonym of munita. E. cunaeformis May 1915. “The Wedge-shaped Eulima" (probable interpretation). Narrowdy pyramidal, slightly curved,- highly polished; yellowish-Avhite; smooth; protoconch obtuse; adult whorls seven, slight!)' rounded, base of the preceding whorl S.A- NAT., VOL. XTV. NovsMacR, 1932. By Bernard C. Cotton and f. K. Godf^y. .vv showmt^ citjaiiy tlirough the she!!; body whorl tumidly develo[»ed; rfutuce distinct; mouth pyriform, small, umbilical area broadly excavate. Height 4-, diam. 1.5 mm. Uncommon. GuU St. Vin- cent. (Type locality — 50 fathoms, off Maria Island, Tasmania^ A species without any marked characters; nnicli narrower than E. tenisoni and the mouth is rather more elongate and less in- flated; both this and A. leinsoyti have an outer lip retreating in the upper part. It has a different mouth from E. vidiscreta, and in this h comes ver)- close to K. commensalis which has a more accute pnstoconch. 'I’asmanian specimens are generally straighten and larger than ours. E. frJeata Hedle\' 1907. ‘H'lie Smoothed Eulima.” Sub- cylindrical, scarcely tapering, blunt at either end; apical wliorls white, opaque, lower semitransparent, permitting the axis to be clearly : ecu througli the wall; smooth; protoconch dome-shaped; adult whoils live: suture, above scarcely distinguisliable; below linear; mouth rcgularh' pvriform, a slight callus on the coliimeUa. Height 4.25, diam. 1.15 mm. Dredged — Cape Borda, also St. Francis Island, 35-55 fatlioms. ( IVpe locality — 80 fathoms, off Narrabcan, N.S.W.). Allied to E. paxilhis Hedley 1904, from which it differs by being nearly twice as large and by having longer, narrower aperture. E. roegerae sp. nov. PI. I, fig. II. “Roeger’s Euiima.’’ Elongate, [■)yramidal, solid, shining; opaque white; smooth, ex- cept for exceedingly fine lines of growth; protoconch small, ob- lique, of two turns, smooth; adult whorls eleven, v^'ery slightly convex, last rather small; base smooth; suture narrow, margined, not impressed; mouth [lyriform; outer lip acute, a little produced anreriotrg inner lin reflexed, narrow. Type — Height 14, diam. 3.5 mm. — 55 fathoms, off Cane Borda, S. Aust., (Sir J. C. Vcrco). (Reg. N.u. DI0629 S. \us. ^ius.). Distribution, beach — Holdfast Bay, Fowlers Bay, also dredged — Beachport, 110 fathoms, Nep- tune Islands, 45 fathoms. Nearest ally, E. augur Apgas, but dif- fers in being much narrower {augur is 11 x 3.5 typically), with whorls slightly convex: protoconch similar to that of augur, and usually missing; base smooth, and not marked with the four equidistant spiral lines as in E, apheles Tenison-Woods, a syno- nym of E. augur. Named after Miss M. Roeger, an untiring Nat- uralist and indefatigable Officer of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society of South .Australia; a foundation member of the Shell Club, as also of its successor, the Malacological Socictv of S.A. 36 . S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. South Australian Shrlls. Novkmtkr, 1932. E. murrayae sp .nov. PI. 1, fig. 12. “Murray’s F.ulima/' Rather broad, convex sided, an dshort for the genus, solid, shining, polished; opaque white; smooth except for extremely fine lines of growth; protoconch of two turns, slightly convex, rather long, smooth; adult whcirls nine, slightly convex; base smooth; suture narrow, not impressed; mouth moderately elongate ovate; outer lip acute, a little j;roduced anteriorly; inner lip rcflexcd, narrow. Type — Height 10.4, diam. 3.8 mm. Gulf St. Vincent, 10 fathoms. (Reg. No. DI0630 S. 7\us. Mus.). Distribution, Gulf St. Vincent to Western Australia, beach and down to 55 fatlioms. From /i. augur Angas, it is rather more corpulent, the shorter spire wliorls become at once much more convex, and because of their rather rapid increase, the protoconcli lias a somewhat |>apillary appear- ance.The mouth differs from that of A': itiflata Tate & May in being more c>val, and longer vertically. I'hc protocoach is like that of E. augur y\ngas. The species is named after Miss J. M. Murray, a foundation member of the Shell Club, and of its successor, the Malacological Society of South Australia; an able artist whose figures of our siiells have been reproduced in earlier issues of the S.A. Naturalist. E. triggi sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 15. “Trigg’s Eulima.” Elon- gate, straight sided, solid, slightly curved, hightly polished; trans- lucent-white, tinged with chestnut-brown; a single well defined suprasutura! spiral striation in each spire whorl at about one third the height of the whorl fro mthe lower suture: no spiral on tlie body whorl; protoconch white, obtuse, of two turns, rather flat topped, small; adult whorls eight, nearly flat, slowly increasing; suture linear; mouth narrowly elongate-ovate; outer lip thin; inner lip reflexed anteriorly; varices visible all up one side. Type — Height 6.4, diam. 1.7 mm. Cape Jaffa S.A., 90 faphoms. (Reg. No. D10633 Sj Aus. Mus.). Distribution- — Beachport. S.A., to Bunbury, W.A., beach and down to ISO fathoms. Super- ficially resembles Melanella petterdi Beddome, but is much straightcr, protoconch blunter, spire whorls do not Increase so rapidly. Named after Mr. F. Trigg, foundation Secretary^ of Shell Club and subsequently Vice-Chairman of the Malacological Society of South Australia, and a most enthusiastic shell collector and student. E. gradata sp. nov. PI. I, fig. 17. 'The Gradated Eulima.'’ Broad, sharpdy tapering, very thick, solid, very slightly curved, comparatively short and stout, shining, polished; opaque white; smooth: protoconch small, depressed, of two turns, rounded, flat topped; adult whorls nine, early ones flat, the penultimate be- coming slightly convex, all the spire w'horls flattened hori7x)n- 37 : S.A. MAT., .yOL. XIV. Novembkk, 1932. By Bernard C. Cotton and F, K. Godfrey. tally at the sutures, giving the whorls a bulbous appearance; actual suture linear; mouth rather widely elongate ovate;; outer lip slightly excavated pust below the suture; inner lip slightly concave. Type — Height 5, diani. 2 nim. Ellensbrook W.A., in shell sand. (Reg. No. 1910634 S. Aus. Mus.). Also beach — St. Francis Island. A distinct species, -somewhat like £. murrayae' C.'otton 5c Godfrey, in general proportion and appearance, but distinguished from that and oilier congeners by its great solidity^ gradate and bulbous whorls. E. edwardsi sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 14. “EdwardN Eulima.’^ Minute, thin, elongated, five times as long as wide, nearly straight, translucent; dull white; smooth, except for extremely fine lines of. growth; protoconch eroded, of two turns, rather fiat topped; adult whorls six, flat; last wliorl somewhat longer than the spire, slightly, gradually constricted below the suture; suture linear; meuth very long, narrow. 4yp^ — Height 1.5, diam. .3 n\m. (un- ique). 55 fathoms, off Cape Borda. (Reg No. D10632 S. Aus., Mus.). The type is slightly curved to the right, so the apertural side is very slightly concave. Quite distinct from anything ex- amined. Nhtmed after Mr. R. S. Edwards, an enthusiastic col- lector and member of the Malacological Society of South Australia. , E, georguregis sp. nov. PJ. 1, fig. 13. “The King-George- Soiind Eulima.” Thin, translucent, delicate, very gradually tap- ering for the lower seven whorls, then suddenly tapering to an elongate, minute, smooth, round-whorled, white protoconch; adult whorls very slightly convex, and very slightly constricted just below the suture, beneath which constriction the shell is faintly stained, irregularly with brown. Type — Height 12, diam. 2.8 mm. King George Souiuk 22-28 fathoms. (Reg. No. D10631 S. Aus. Mus.). Also Gulf St. Vincent, beach, and dredged. Closely related to E. rmicrcmata Sowerby, but less cylindrical, and less constricted below the sutures. E. planicincta sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 16. “The Flat-ringed Eulima.” Elongate, pyramidal, scarcely fusiform; dull white; surface not smooth, but with narrow flat spiral areas, which extend, in tlie body whorl, over the base; no mouth scars visible; I'rotocpnch minute, smooth, round whorled; adult whorls nine, slightly convex; mouth pyriform; outerlip simple; columella slightly concave. Type — Height 15, diam. 5 mm. Gulf St. Vin- cent, 10 fathoms. (Reg. No. 1910635 S. Aus. Mus.). Also King George Sound W.A., 22 fathoms. Shape recalls E, augur Angas, but is a little broader; protoconch similar, the outer lip less sin- uous at the back. The narrow flat-ringed areas constitute the. distinguishing feature. S.A. NAT.j VOl.. >l-y. 3-S. South Australian Siulls. November, 1932. Melanella Bowdich 1822. Longitudinally volute; the last whorl considerably larger than the preceding; turreted, spire curved; semitransparent mouth invaded by the last whorl. Type — M. dnfresnii Bovrdicli. M- petterdi Beddome 1882 {Eulima) E. hiducTna Td.it 1898). PI. 1, fig. 17. '‘Petterd^s Melanella.” Elongate-pyra- midal, curved, translucent, vitreous; Avhite; smooth; j roloconch rounded at the apex, small; adult whorls about nine, nearly flat; base convex and attenuate below; mouth narrowly pyriform; outer lip scarcely reflected; columella straight. Height 4, diam. l^mm. Bcachport S.A. to Bunbury W.A., beach and down to *50 fatlioms. (lype locality — Blackman's Bay, J'asmania). Rather variable. Soutli Australian specimens are generally a little more attenuate than the type; length of body whorl varies in proportitm to total length; the twist on the shell varies, in some It is in one I’lane, in others it is a screw curve, due to the lip mark on the spire being carried successively a little farther on tha nthe pervious one. In Tasmonian specimens the last whorl hears a smaller proportion to the spire than in the South Aus- tralian shell. Strombiformis Da Costa 1778 (— Leinstraca IL k A. Ad- ams 1854). “Needlc-sliaped Shells” from Strombus, a needle. V^ery long, slender, iai>cring to a sharp point; whorls flattened, ‘inooth, polished, often with spiral coloured bands; varices slight, on each side of the spire but not vilways apparent; mouth oblong, narrow, entire; inner lip thickened, a little sinuous in the middle; outer lip sharp, flexuous. Tvpc — Strombiformis glaber Da Costa (England). S. joshuana (iatliiT & Gabriel 1910 (Leiostraca) . “Joshua’s Needle Shell.” Minute, fusiform, glassy, sufficiently translucent lo discern the axial pillar through the whorls; interrupted, zig- zag, orange coloured markings on three last whorls; smooth; ])rotoconch a trifle more vitreous than the rest; adult whorls about si?^, ratlier flat, without varices; sutures not impressed, merely define the whorls; mouth pyriform, effuse below; outer lip thin, with a callus on the body whorl; columella slightly ex- cavated. Height .5, diam. 1 mm. Bcachport S.A. to Bunbury W.A., beach, and down to 90 fathoms; alive in five fathoms. Gulf Sr. Vincent. ('Lyr*^ locality — San Remo, Victoria). Tate con- fused South Australian spccimen.s under various names, with S. })ivitlata Reeve; the ccjlumclia margin is prominent and runs for- ward as a sharp edge, while the cnlumeHa of joshua^ta is flat and -slightly concave as in Thais: the mouth also is different. S. aru- ti^n7nus Sowerby is scared}' fusiform, narrower, no zig-zag mark- 39 . S.A. N.\T., VOL. XIV. Novembkr, 1932. By Bernard C. Cotton and f. K . Godjuy. S. acutissimus Swerby 1866 {Leiostraca) (— L. lesbiet An- gas 1871). 'The Very Acute Needle Shell.” Scarcely fusiforin, acuminated, tapering, very thin; pellucid, white; smooth; whorls eight, slightly inflated, the last large; mouth narrow; columella long, rather straight. Height 3, diam. .8 mm. Gulf St. Vincent S.A. to Bunbury W.A., beach and down to S.S fathoms (Type locality ^ — Sydney { Reeve J ) . S. perexiguus Tate & May 1900 (“ Rissota minutissima Tenison-Woods 1878, not of Michelin). “The Very Scant Needle Shell.” Minute, pyramidal, po(ishcd; yc(llowish-white, except ihe livid protoconch; without ornament of any kind; protoconch obtuse; adult whorls four, slightly convex; mouth somewhat oval, channelled above; outer lip sharp, produced; inner lip reflexed. Height 1.5, diam. .75 mm. Beachport to Cape Borda, beach to 55 fathoms. Rare. (Type locality — Blackman’s Bay, Tasmania). S« bivittata Reeve 1866 (Leisostraca) {= Eulima bUiiuata Adams 5c Reeve, preocc.). “The Two-banded Needle Shell.” Elongated, attenuate; pale, with two linear, approximate, spiral chestnut bands in the middle of the whorls; whorls nine, straight, moderately oblong; mouth narrow, pyriform. Height 10 , diam. 1.8 mm. Beachport S.A., to King George Sound WA,, beach and down to 104 fathoms. (Type locality unknown. E. bHin- eata was described as from L(x>Ioo Sea). South Australian speci- mens have, in addition to the two brown lines in the last v/horl, a brown spot tending to a line further forward; the columella and margin of the outer lip also brown; some are destitute of coloui'y perhaps from bleaching, and the brown margin of pre- vious labra are seen as curved axial brown lines at intervals on the spire; these arc not found uniformly on both sides of the shell, but three-fourths round tlie shell, then one-fourth round, then five-sixths, then three-fourths, so that no regular series Is formed. S. williamsi sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 20. “Williams’ Needle Shell.” Small, elongated., slender, sides of shell slightly convex, apical whorls slightly bent, shining, polished; white, marb.ed with brown, except for a pure white band beneath the suture; protoconch minute, slightly mucronate; adult whorls nine, some- what roonded; mouth pyriform; outer lip thin, almost straight at the side, rounded and slightly effuse at the base; columella slanting, almost straight. Type — Height 7, diam. 1.4 mm. — Gulf St. Vincent, 10 fathoms, (Reg No. D10637 S, Aus. ;Mus.), Re- lated to S. bivittatus Reeve,, but shorter, rather stouter, early whorls slightly bent, mouth not so long, not so effuse in from, agate marbling From S. ladder ae Hedley, it is stouter, mort Shglt Collector's Cluh. S.A. NAT., VOl.. XIV. Novemher, ] 932 . ID. fusiform, protoconch sharper and slightly miicronate, colouration different, it also lias visible varices. Named after Mr. H. Wil- liams, an enthusiastic member of the Malacological Society of South Australia. S. broadbentae sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 19. “Broadbent’s Needle Shell.'' Subcylindrical, slight.y curved, minute, very slender, five times as long as wide, thin, translucent; protoconch, one-andahalf whorls, small, flat topped, opaque white; adult whorls six, flat; mouth elongated, narrow; outer lip convex; in- ner .lip slightly reflexed, subcrect. Type — Height 3.5, diam. .7 mm. — SS fathoms N.W. of Cape Borda S.A. (Beg. No. D10636 S. Alls. Mus.). Also Rottnest Island, W.A. Closely related to S, acutissimus Sowerby, but much smaller, more delicate, more translucent, and whorls less rapidly increasing. Named after Mrs. W. Broadbent, n keen member of the Malacological Society of South Australia. Eulimella Jeffreys 1847. Elongated, subcylindrical, turric- ulate, rather solid, smooth, polished; whorls numerous, proto- conch sinistra!; mouth subqiiadrangular or suboval; peristome discontinuous; columella straight, without folds; operculum semi- circular, horny, subspiral, nucleus at lower end, with a spiral groove, cohimellar margin entire. Type — i?. gracilis Jeffreys 1847 (Europe). E. moniliformis Hedley 5c Musson 1891. “The Collar- fchaped Eulimella.” Minute, thin, transparent, acicular, conical; glossy white; axial striae, fine, crossed by faint microscopic spiral scratches; spire long, tapering slowly; protoconch small, discoidal, linistral, half turned over; adult whorls seven, rounded, increas- ing slowly, last wliorl two-thirds of total length; suture margined' deeply impressed; mouth long, pear-shaped, rounded below and acute above; outer lip sharp; inner lip thick, straight, reflected aiUcriorly over a minute rimation. Height 3, diam. 1 mm. Rare, although generally distributed in South Australia. (Type locali- ty — Manly Lagoon, near Sydney, entangled in masses of flannel-^ weed [Spirogyra^). Allied to £. laxa Watson, which it resem- bles in its rounded whorls and pear-shaped mouth, characters in w^hich it differs from others of the genus. Some specimens have more swollen whorls than others; possibly this is a sexual feature. E. coacto Watson 1886. “The Compact Eulimella." Strong- ish, acicuiar, conical, compact; glossy ivory white; growth lines faint, spiral scratches microscopic; spire very long, conical; proto- conch turbinate, sinistral, of two-and-a-half whorls, which are turned right over on their side; adult whorls eieht or nine, short. 41 . S..\. NAT., VOL. XIV. Novfmbkr, 1932 . C. Gof/on mid /'. K. CjodjT^y. narrow, compact, of very slow increase, slightly convex below and flat-sided above round the top, which forms a slight sub- sutnral border; suture slightly contracted, submarginate below, rather oblique; mouth small, roundly oval, pointed above, oblique; outer lip bent in abovq, round and patulous below; inner Hp (sharp, j'.rominent, concave below with a minute furrow behind it. Height 3.5, diain. ,7 mm. Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms. (Type local- ity — Wednesday Island, N.E. Australia, 8 fathoms, in coral mud). A singularly long and narrow form. E. tricmcta Tate 1898. “The Three-girdled Eulimclla.” Elongately conical; pellucid white; engraved spiral lines three, one median and one near to each suture, the uppermost cuts off a round cord; protoconcli sinistra); adult whorls six, somewhat convex, the anterior whorl margining the suture, lust whorl re- gularly convex and moderately attenuated at the base; one spira. on the base of the body whorl; mouth pyriform; outer lip straight, thin; columella arched. Hciglu 5.5, diam. 1.75 mm. Denial Bay S.A., also King George Sound, Itllcnsbrook, Yallingup W.A. (Type locality — Streaky and Fowler's Bays, in shell sand). Ha.s ■somewhat the aspect of Syrnola yiicunda, but apart from the dif- ferent generic characters, the shell is narrower and the last whorl proportionately much longer. E. plunketti sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 24. “Plunkett’s Eullmcb la." Very elongate, narrow, tapering very gradually, straight sided; polished, opaque white, with a narrow brown line beneath the middle on each whorl; smooth; protoconch sinistral, of two, imooth, rounded whorls; adult whorls twelvq, early ones flat, becoming somewhat convex as they approach the body whorl; inoutli very small, ovate; outer lip thin, rounded, somewhat effuse posteriorly. Type — Height 5.6, diam. 1 mm. Cape Jaffa S.A. *90 fathoms. (Reg. No. D10638 S. Aus. Mus.). Similar shape to E, coarcla Watson, but whorls are flatter and less numerous, mouth narrower, and has a d.stingulshing colour band. Named after Mr. J. Plunkett, an energetic member of the iMalacologica! Society of South Australia. E- turrita Petterd 1884 {Adis). “The Turreted Eulimclla.” Tapering, turreted, thm; white; whorls seven, last elongated; future much impressed; mouth small, pyriform. Height 3, diam. 1 mm. Cape Borda, 62 fathoms. (Type locality — North coast of Tasmania and Isles in Bass’s Straits), Pseudorissoina Tate & May 1900. Spire and numth like Rhsoina (the shell is, however, smooth). Protoconcli sinistra!, loop-like, as in Eulimella, Such a combination of characters fccm to be unprovided for in the families Strombiformidae or Rhsoidae. Briefly, the genus is a Strombiformid with a Rhsoina Souf k . / ust ral la h Slirlls 42 . S.A., NAT., VOL. XIV NOvkmhkk. 1932 . mouth ,or a Rissoinid with a Strombiformid protoconcli. I'hr higher value of the nuclear character in cjassification requires it to be placed in Strombiformidae, TypcStUifer tasmanicui Tcnison- Woods 1876 (Stylifer) . P. tasmanica Tenison-Woods 1876 (Stylif^r), “The I’as- manian Pscudorissoina.” Small, pyramidal pellucid, shining; milky white; smoth’; protoconch mamillatfc^d, sinisti^al; adult whorls six, convex; suture impressed, scarcely sloping; mouth obliquely pyriform; outer lip produced, incurved, emarginatc at each side; inner lip inconspicuous but rcflexcd. Height 4, diam.. 1.5 mm. Rare, (“rype locality — Blackman’s Bay, Tasmania). STILIFERIDAE. “Sca-urc!iin Snails.” Description of shell is that of the only known genus Stiiijer. Distribution— Europe, West Indies, Australasia, Polynesia, Philippines. Fossil — Records doubtful. Animal covered with cilia; mantle spread over the base of the shell; liead snoul-likc with side lobes, terminating in a suc- torial mouth which is unarmed; tentacles slender, tapering; eyes sessile, placed on the neck behind the tentacles; foot tongue- shaped, partly tubular, with a slit in the sole, produced anteriorly, rudimentary behind. Sexes seperate. Urchin-snails are found among the spines of Sea-urchins; also burrowing or Imbedded in the skins of Star-fishes, and pro- ducing tumors, often of considerable size. They have been de- tected enclosed in the basal portions of the spines of a Cidaris (Sca-urchin), which had been enlarged for its accomodation. The suctorial mouth strengthens the supposition that food con- sists of extremely soft or semi-fluid matter, and not of any organ- isms which have any degree of solidity. Many believe that Urchin-snails subsist on the excretions of Echinoderms; this op- inion is founded on the fact that specimens invariably occupy only the area of the anal orifice. Some which have been watched with close and almost unremitting aueiition for many hours, al- though they were most lively, nestling or slowly crawling about among the spines of an Echinus, never attempted to touch with the mouth either the protruded suckers or the pedicellariae of the Echinus, or any part of it$ investing membrane. Urchin-snails do not appear to put their host to the slightest inconvenience. None has been noticed in any other habitat. They are not parasites, and their scavenger habits are said to be not unlike those of dung-beetles. 'I’hc spawn is deposited on the upper sur- face of the Echinus on which they settle. As many as forty dusters of spawn, with at least a hundred fry in a cluster, have been observed on the upper part of a single sea-egg; this is a \. NAT-, VOI.. XIV. 1932 . /jv />’. Oh. I A.'. Codfr ry. _z'. prospective yield of 4,000 specimens, but an Echinus could barely accomodate half a dozen mature shells, so we wonder what be- :o;nes of the rest. The spawn-masses are oval, each enveloped in a gelatinous case. The fry occupy nautiloid shells of a single whorl, into which (unlike the adult) they are capable of entirely withdrawing. „ xt r Stilifer Broderij. 1832. ‘TJrchm Snails. ^ Name refers to the 5 tyle-iikc protoconcli, (dobular or tapering, thin, glas5> , rclluctd, polished, smooth; protoconch very sharp, sinistral, ob- lique; adult whorls, numerous, dc.Ktral; mouth suboval angiuated above, rounded below; outer lip slightly sinuous ,thin, simple; inner lip smooth, arcuated, no operculum. Type— S. turtom Pro- derip' 1832, on sea-urchins in British seas. S. brazieri Angas 1877 (Stylifer). PI. 1, fie. 23. “Brazier’s Urchin Snail.” Subglobose. iMiru-hed; oellucid white; smooth, spire elevated; protoconcli st\hfonn; adult wliorls live, rounded, flat- tened just’below the sutures, which are very finely callously mar- ginatc; mouth subovate. pointed above, rounded below; outer lip thin; sinqfle; coUnnella arcuate, vevy slightly thickened above, the margins joined by a thin, distinct callus. Height 4, diam. 2 mm. Gulf St. Vincent.' Rare. (Type locality— Port Jackson. Found on a species of starfish). S. brunneuft Tate 1887. “Tlic Dark-brown Urchin Snail. Subglobose; dark-brown, shining, black-brown around the suture; axial lines, crowded, faint, oblique; spiral lines^ distant; spire short, acuminately produced; protoconch cylindrical, styliform; adult wliorls about four, convex, of moderate increase, slightly depressed vat the suture above; last whorl large, faintly angulated at the base and depressed at the suture, and in consequence having a perceptibly subquadratc outline; suture linear; outer lip thin, regularly curved, acutely angled posteriorly; columella thin, slightly elevated, defined by a superficial groove behind. Height 5, diam. 3.5 mm. Port Wiliiinga. Apparently very rare in South Australia: our sp.ecimens are smaller and more delicate than typical ones; probably juveniles, lype locality — ^Parasitic on Siron^yhce7itro.nis |Sea ur.hin], invariably on the periproct, in eight trt ten fathoms, Capel Sound. Port Phillip). Animal with a large expanded disc-like mantle. S. Mderae Petterd 1884 (Stylifer) {= S. crotaphis Wat- son S8S6). “LoddeUs Urchin Snail.” Elongately pyramidal, thin, shining; milky-white; spiral lines, faint; whorls twelve, moder- ately rounded, marginate at suture, last whorl subobtusc at peri- phery; mouth pyriform; outer Hp thin, acute. Height 16, diam. 6 mm. Gulf St. Vincent, Spencer Gulf; rare. (Type locality — 44 . -S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. ^out h .! Its! n/h' man}' more of our members.. IT. THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. A. The Mammals. B. Fish. ■ C. Marsupials and Reptiles. D. Birds. E. Insects. F. Shells. ■hinital Meeting. 52 S^. NAT.. VOi.. Xfli FebruarVj 1933. These are a few random headings and they include a vasrn inimber of forms even under the separate heads. I cannot dea*i With each of these items, so 1 will mention two in more detail. J BIRDS form a fascinating study in themselves and while 1 think scientific collecting is necessary for the advancemem ol! science and enables us to use these gifts to better advamager {I would always condemn the killing of rare species), collectina or destroying bird life is to be deprecated. The avifauna may studied from llie following angles: — ] . Distribution. 2. Habitats or homes and surroundings. 3. Agency in fertilization of flotvers. 4. Song and mimicry. 5. N'idification or nest building. 6. Oology or egg study. 7. Colouration, 8. Food. INSECTS. — When 1 think of the enormous family of in- sects, considered by one worker in 1883 to comprise about 1 50,000 ' species, it seems almost a hopeless task to try and know all about them or where to start in the study of them. But we can be like one of our late members, Mr. Lea, who in his life time named about 5,000 species, but specialised in beetles only. 'Die diass INSECl'A is conveniently divided into three main tribes according to the number of the feet.— J. HEXAPOD A— 6-footed. H. ARACHNIDA— 8-footed. HI. MYRIOPODA — many-footed. In dividing up the first tribe we have 8 separate families 1 . HYMENOP'PERA — Membrane-winged. a Bees, with their wonderful social life, their architectural powers and honev producing properties, b Wasps, witli their interesting life history in finding their prey and laying the egg in the stupified grub, c Ants, whose study reveals a communist spirit on right lines, d Sawflies also belong to this group. 2. LEPIDOPTERA. Scale wfinged, so named on account of the wings being covered with minute scales, a Butterflies of wonderful colouring and enormous size m the warmer parts of the continent. The metamorphosis or changing from the grub to the larva and pupa is one of the wonders of creation, b Moths, whose feathery antennae are akin to wureless aenals. Annual Meeting. 53. I.A. N%T.. VOL. XIV. Fec^uarv, 1933. 3. DIPTERA — ^l\vo-winged. a Flies of all sorts come under this heading and they all' have only one pair of wings. Although the>\form food for certain birds, they are in general a pest both to^ mankind and animals. The study of them is an econ- omic necessity as they arc germ and disease carriers, f. COLEOPd’ERA — Sheath-winged, one pair covering the other more delicate organs. a Beetles form a very large class. Some are useful, such as the lady bird w'hich destroys the scale insect attack- ing orange trees. Others are [)csts which bore into wood and furniture and cause much damage. 5. HEMIPTERA— Half-winged. a Bugs, plant and body lice, etc. form this group. Some are- injurious to crops and fruit and the entomologist lias to know his hugs to be able to cc)mbat their ravages. 6. OR I’HOIH’ERA — Straigiit-winged. a (Jrasshoppers. locusts, crickets, walking-stick insects, kat- ydids, maiuids and cockroaches all come within this group. We know' them mostly as harmful pests but I suppose they \Aa.y some part in the economy of nature. Many birds feed on grasshoppers. 7. NEUROPTERA — Nerve-winged. These creatures haVe 4 naked membranous transparent wings with net-Hke veins or nerv^es. a White ants, may tiles, dragon flics (wrongly called horse- stingers, but they liave no sting therefore they cannot sting horses) and scorpion flics belonir to this family. 8. THVSAXURA— Shield-tailed. a Bristle tails and spring tails belong here, and they are a class about wdiich the average person knows nothing. 1 read a recent article in “The Victorian Naturalist”' with regard to the spring tails. III. THE MINERAL KINGDOM. I am not qualified to speak on this subject, but as a field naturalist one picks up a little knowledge here and there. Some lines of study in this large and important economic branch of field work arc these: — 1. MINERALOGY. — The study of tlie rocks as specimens of the ear til 's crust. Y hether it be of igneous or volcanic origin or whether formed by deposition and hence called sedi- mentary. 'rheir structure and grain would come under- this study. 54 . .himial Mcfting S.A. XAT., VOL. XIV, Fkhrl’arv, 1933 . 2. GEOLOGY. — Under this general head one would stud^' the:' formation of tlic rocks in t,he field and tlicir relations withll other series of rocks. 1 .3. PHYSIOC^RAPHY.— I'he contours resulting in the genera^ ' weathering. and bending (jf the various strata into plains;-, and ranges would come under this Itcading. ' ’I'he above will suffice to show members that there is a’ wide field to choose from and the best policy is for the nature, lovers to take an interest in the subject which appeals most. One cannot get far without having recourse to books and ofi tliese there is no end. Our Public Library is full of works deaU ' ing with the various sciences and the attendants are at the service ■of the public so that by asking to be shown books on any given subject you are at once brought into touch with standard anclj up-to-date voluntes which will satisfy the most ardent student. I Our own Library which is stored in cupboards in the inner room here, has many works of interest and these books are an| the disposal of all the members. I can recommend the ‘'Vic- torian Naturalist” as a journal that contains a large number ■of. articles on subjects which we all study and on others whichi| are little known. Just to take an example, taking a volume which' • covers three year’s publications, there were the following sub- jects dealt Avith — Botany, .-\boriginal Implements, Serpulids (the segmented,! AVormsL Butterflies, Fungi, Eucalypts, Shells, Aquatic Protozoa, (one-celled animals). Aquatic biology, Aquatic house-builders. Fossils, Ams and Termites, Sea Urchins, Crickets, Ferns, Spi- ders, Microscopy, Orchids. Insects generally. Birds, Beetles, Eth- nology, Salt, Thrips. And all of these written from the Australian standpoint. Then we have works dealing with special subjects so that you i have plenty of material to assist you in the study of almost am subject you care to take up. In conclusion, I would urge the members to lake up one special line of investigation, and^ I ann sure that those who know something pf the particular subject m ■ question will only be too glad to give all the information possible to assist. Personally I am always ready to help in Botany and 1 should like to see some members take up the study of Ferns cr Wattles or Grasses, or other such subjects. ‘S.A. KAT.^ \'0L. XIV. ^KnRrAKYj 1933. The Saltzvater Szvamps. S3. THE FLORA BETWEEN OUTER HARBOUR AND SELLICK*S BEACH, SOUTH AUSTRALIA. PART II. A- -The Saltzvater Szvamps in the neighbourhood of the. Port River and Patazvolonga Creek. By J. B. CLELAND, M.D. ■ On the banks of the River within tidal influences, the Man- grove {Avicenna officinalis) with its finger-like pneumatophores projecting out of the mud when the tide is low, is the most striking object and is obviously of service in reducing the danger of erosion. The Mangrove extends as far south as Kaimes n^af' h'stcourt House. A dense growth of Paper-bark 'Pea-trees (Melaleuca- hal- m-aturormn), about fifteen feet high, at , one time clothed, , the banks of the Port River, as far at least as the Grange, and ex- tended as dense thickets a quarter of a mile through along sub- sidiary waterways and on the Saltwater Swamps. Such a thicket-,, for instance, stretched from the Port River to that portion of thg Military Road that extends along the landward side of the sandhills between Estcourt House and the Grange. There -are still fringes of these trees in places and parts of the thickets still remain in places between Glanvilie and the Grange. During the last two or three years, with the onset of bad times, the greater portion has, however, been cut down for firewood and the saltwatdr-swamps left without the protection of these trees. Outside the area we are considering, round the North Arm of the P(U't River and up to St. Kikla, there are still extensive stretches of Mangrove and Tea-tree Swamps. Underneath the ’lea-trec, as for instance near the Grange, is an abundance of Suaeda maritima, the individual plants vart'- ing often in colour, some having a purplish tint. The several species of Samphire are also abundant^ Other lower shrubs which are common are the pink-flowered Frankenia pauciflora, the , white-flowered Samolus repens, the Billy Button {Cotvla corovopijolia), and not quite so numerous the herb-like Apium aitstrale and Heinichroa pentandra. Where the Tea-trees are absent, the salfwater-swamps are clothed with the same tinder- tshrubs, the Samphires being the dominant features. The presence of Cotula coronopifolia probably indicates a great access of fresh- 56 . P^oj. f. H. CUland. XAT., voi:. XIV. I'khiu;arv, 1935 , water during the winter rains annulling the effects of the salt water, l*he grass Sporohohu ■virginiens is abundant In places^ and Dutichlh spicala also occurs, ^pergnlaria marginaia is cr»m- mon, whilst tlicre are scattered small buvshes of Atriplex paludo- sum and Kochia oppositijolia and occasional plants of Sualda and of the grass CAyceria strlcta, 'Hie Black Tea-tree (Melaleuca pubescens) may occasionally be found growing round the edge ol the swamps. The introduced Ice-plant (Mes. crystaUhum) also occurs on these flats. Other small plants found near the edge- are Triglochin mticronata, i^cirpus antarcticus, Bassia umjlora, Sagina apetala, Aira mivor and the introduced Statkr. Some of these which are annuals are perhaps more freshwater pffants than salty -swamp plants, taking advantage of the winter rains to grow in this situation. The salt-water flats near Outer Harbour are covered chieflv with t!)e Samphires, and ^uaeda, Atriplex pahtdos'inn, Kochia op- positijolia and Frankenia are scattered amongst these. Also, where opportunity offers are the more lowly Spergularia rnargiu- 4tta and the Rye-grass Lolium subulatum m abundance. The two .Vfeseniibrianthemums occur, M, australe on the salty flats and M. aequilaterale on sandy patches. The introduced Senecio vitB gatis and the grasses Sporobolus virginicus and Distichlis spicata skirt the edges. The upright salt-marsh living grass Glycena stricta occasionally grows through one of the iindershrubs. A few plants of Statice are to be found ,the seeds having evidently been distributed by the tides. Cakile maritima and a few Nit- raria bushes grow in the strand on the Port River side of the Harbour. Melaleuca hahnaturoruyn still clothes the sides of the channel farther up. In the a;ijgle formed by the breakwater and the Largs Bay foreshore, sand and seaweed (Pbsidonia leaves) are accumulating and Suaeda in abundance and a few Samphires are colonising the area. On the landw^ard side of this, a number of plants of the little cress H%itchinsia procumbens were found growing in October. The reclaimed land, part a recreation ground, round which the railway line turns, is the home of an abundance of introduced weeds and grasses, as well as a few Stipas, Danthonias and Vit- tadinias. The pea Trigonella monspelia from the Mediterranean has just established itself. (To be continued). The accompanying map shows the Coastal Districts dealt with in Prof. Cleland's articles. In a succeeding number the' physiography of these areas will be set out. No.l. Pelican Point to the Grange . No.2 . Henley Beach to Marino. No.3. Hallett’sCoye to Moana. No.4.Moana to Sellick's Hill. SheUs. S.A, fiCAT.. VOL. Xir. F<0eRtMRY, 1933. >/ SHELLS. By BERNARD C. COTTON. (Civea in the form of a lecture to this Society on the evening of November 15th). Almost everyone has seen and admired tlic beautiful shells found on sea beach.es. ft is about the structure of these and their relati\'es this article is written. 'I’he animals which make the shells are soft-bodied creatures Avithout bones and so they- are called Molhisca from the Latin mollis - soft. They are divided into four different groups. First!}', the Pelecy [>oda (meaning 'ktxe-footed’'), a represen- tative of which is t!ie cockle. Secondly, the Cephalopoda (mean- ing *‘head-footed”). for instance, the cuttle-fish and octopus. Thirdly, the Gastropoda (meaning “belly-footed”), with spiral shells like the periwinkle. Fonrthlv, the Scaphopoda (meaning “scoop-footed”), or the tusk shells which have a scoop-like foot at the wider end. Tilt* cockle may be compared with a book standing slightly open Ott a table hinge uppermost (hg. lA, 13.) Fig. I. ^.—Section of a book. B . — Section of a Cockle. The backs represent the shell; the hinge, the hinge of the shell; the leaves the gills. The gills procure oxygen for the animal from the current of sea-water in winch they are bathed. The}' also act as filters to obtain the minute life which is the cockle’s food. The gills are so constructed as to present the greatest possible surface to the ox\geiiating sea-water — just as our lungs form a large surface exposed to the inhaled air. A small section of the- gill (fig. 2) looks something like the radiator of a car, and. in fact, has a similar function, only the radiator exposes a maxinuur- surface to the air for cooling the water it contains. 58. Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XlV. FEt^UARY, 1933. a car. '-Hie gills are enclosed in a fleshy bag with an inlet and outlet hole for the water circulation (fig. 4A). Where the shell is of a burrowing kind, the holes arq replaced by long tubes which pro- ject above the surface of the sand in communication with the dear water above (fig. 3B). 1 he animal has no head and no real mouth (though primi- tive forms most likel)’ had), the alimentary tract being little more than a tube with the gullet at one end the rectum \t the other, and, peculiarly enough, passes through the heart (fig. 4A). I he shell is in two parts and on the inside of either mav -be seen, (fig. 4.^), the scars of two muscles which close the shell; an clas- tic like ligament which opens the shell as the spring opens the Fig. 3. .7. — The fleshy bag with inlet and outlet holes. B . — The long tubes of the burrowing cockle. lid of a snufi-box; aitd beneath this the hinge teeth tvhich inter- lock the two halves of the shell. It is supposed that most primitive cockles had no hinge teeth, later vertical ones formed, then horizontal, and then a combination of both. Even this specialised combination is not strong enough for the gigantic Queensland clam, which has accordingly developed an undulating margin opposite the hinge teeth so that the heavy shell may S.A. XAT.^ VOL. XIV. February, 1933. By Bernard C. Cotton. 59. intel'lock more securely. Connecting the two large muscle scars is a line which follows the margin of the shell, though somewhat removed from it. This is formed by the numerous, small muscle- scars which attach the outer fleshy bag of the animal to the shell. At the rear end the line takes a sudden inward loop, where the inlet and outlet tubes project. Fig. 4. A . — The alimentary tract of the cockle. B . — An inside view of the shell. As an example of the Cephalopoda we might take the cuttle- fish (fig. 5/i). A fiat, purse-shaped creature with eight arms pro- vided with suckers, radiating from the head, and two tentacular arms capable of expansion and retraction. The eyes are well- developed and within the body is situated an ink bag to produce a protective smoke-screen effect. A wonderfully light, calcar- eous, honey-combed structure, the cuttlebonc (fig. 5/?)r is situated in the back and serves as a back-bone, though it is really the remains of a shell once capable of containing the whole animal, but now contained by the animal. It may be likened to a 60 . Shells. S.A. NAl*., VOL. Februarv, XIV. 1933 . chambered Nautilus shell which has gradually been pushed back in the course of its spiral and only the flattened aperture and the earlier chamber partitions closely packed, like a pack of cards,, remains (fig. 6A, C,) Indeed at the rear end of the Cuttlebone may still be seen a degenerate rostrum, so large and heavy in the fossil specicsj but here reduced to an insignificant useless spine which Is lost in tlic adults of some Cuttlebones, but always present in the Cuttlebone. E.j D . — Supposed intermediate stages. juveniles. The Octopus is another example of the Cephalopoda. but here the shell is entirely lost, though a small cartilage In the back indicates its former presence. Although without internal shell or skeleton on which to obtain leverage, the octopus is ex- ceedingly strong. The suckers, even in a dying specimen, need all one’s strength to detach them from their hold. The Cephalopoda and the next kind of Molhisca, the Gastro- poda, are provided with a ribbon-Iikc tongue beset with teeth, and used for grinding food. As the teeth are worn the ribbon moves forward, bringing new teeth into position. The Gastro- poda are distinguished by their spiral shell, which is really a gradually widening tube wrapped spirally on itself. This usu- ally turns to the right, but rare, abnormal specimens turn to the left. When this occurs, the various organs in the animal arc also transposed as in the rare case of a transposition in a human being, where the heart, appendix, spleen, and other organs are on the right side and the person is consequently truly left-handed. However there is another form of abnormality, the ultra-dextra! shell where the spire has been, as it were, pushed through the SvA. NAT., TOL. XIT. VznnvAJiV, 1933 . By Bertiurd C. CoUan. 61 . -centre of the shell and out at the other side, when the animal re- mains dextral and the shell is virtually sinistral. Another disease results in loose coiling, and in extreme cases the whole shell, normally making say lialf-a-dozen turns, makes only one or two (fig. 7). In addition there are many malformations due to fracture and repair during life. The last kind of Mollusca, the Scaphopoda are comparative- ly rare. They resemble an elephant’s tusk in shape, consisting of a slightly bent, gradually widening tube, ribbed or smooth, a scoop-like foot projecting at the wider end. Fig. 8. The Tusk Shell. The tubular shell, and the possession of a ribhon-Iike tongue suggests their relation with the Gastropoda, but the pointed foot, the disposition of internal organs, the absence of any definite liead and the structure of the embryo, approximates them to the Pelecypoda. Here is one of the mam^ Molluscan puzzles wait- ing to be solved. f\2 Eucalyp tus Notes. EUCALYPTUS NOTES. By A. D. SERVICE, ' V/ 1 r * February, 1933, PINXTSS to SANDRRCiROX K, 4 miles, mean altitude about 125 feet, soil light sandv loam. A side of the railway on 31st December, 1932. surve\' along the western Species observed: E. angulosa, Schaii.; E. jasciculosa, F.v.M.; E. gracilis, F.v.'M.; E, dumosa, Cunn.; E. transcontiveutalis, Alai- den; E. oleosa, F.v.Ai.; E. calycogona, Turez. d'he first quarter-mile from the Finnis station was under cul- tivation, with a row of well-grown E. fascicidosa along the edge. /V large area of mallec scrub fpllowcd on a front of about \\ miles. The predominating species was 79. cmgxilosa (flotvering frecl)'; very occasionalh' the cream filaments were tinged with red at their base). Associated with it were E. fasciculosa (as a shrub, or rarely a stunted tree), E. dumosa and E. gracilis, an? occasional patch of E. Iranscontinentalis (in flower), and very rarely IE calycogona (in fruit only; no buds seen).. Cultivated land followed this and continued to the Sandergrove station, but there was a narrow bell along the edge consisting of E. angidosa, E, fasciculosa and E. gracilis. In the vicinity of the station, i'n addition to the last three, E. dumosa appeared, with a little iranscontinentalis and one small patch of typical E. oleosa grow- ing as a malice abotit 12 feet high. \ ariation in E. dumosa was marked, in one instance sliow- ing transition towards E. coiiglobala, R.Br. var. anceps. The A. transcontinentalis did not have the glaucous leaves of the type and might therefore ha\'c been referred to E. oleosa, but It is better included with the former species as it a well defined form v/ith constant long-rostrate opcrcula, not at all characteristic of t} pical E. oleosa. EXCURSIONS. NATIONAL PARK, BELAIR, November 26th, 1932. Exploration of the north-eastern corner was undertaken and many plants were noted in flower. The botanical survey wa& continued under the direction of Prof. J. B. Cleland, and scveial ntore species were added to the Hst of plants found here. Mr., W. BURDEIT’S NAl'IVE Fl.OWER GARDEN, BASKET R.ANGE, December 3rd, 1932: A large party motored to this garden which is considered to be the best of its kind In Australia. Mr. Burdett has many S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. February, 1935. Excursimis. 63 - hundreds of species of the native flora growing and the plots cover several acres. It is surprising how well the plants grow considering how poor the soil is in which they are planted. Mr. and Mrs. Burdett and family assisted in guiding the visitors and answering their questions about difTercnt species. Members were also entertained ni the chrr\* orechard in which they were allowed carte blanche. Our host and hostess were sincerelv thanked for the distinct privileges thus afforded to the members. WILD LIFT SANCTUARY, HUMBUG SCRUB, january 30th. 1933: A large part}' of members motored to the reserve which was commenced by the late Air. T. P. Belichambers and is now be- ing carried on by his son. Air. R. F. Belichambers. The collec- tion of animals and birds was greatly admired; kangaroos, wal- labies, koalas, and many birds, including the mound^building birds, all seemed to enjoy life in their spacious surroundings., I'hc outstanding fact that was impressed upon the members wa& the extraordinary tameness and contentment of the animals and birds. A white-winged chough was so tame that it came among the party and when given a morsel of bread flew up to one of the members and endeavoured to place it in his mouth. About 100, black duck were at home on the dam close to the homestead; they came to meet the part}^ and showed no fear at all at such a large number of people. 'Fhere are over 40 Kangaroo Island wallabies in one en- closure, 12 scrub kangaroos in another, and 2 of the red varict}' in a third. All ■were quiet and exhibited no fear whatever at the intrusion oi the party. The mallee fowls were seen and altogether 17 pairs arc in the reserve. Air. Bcilctuimbers ex- plained the use of the mound built by these birds and the manner in which the incubation takes place. Other native life seen consisted of 3 cockatoo parrots, 17 Cape Barren geese, 4 “Tedd\' Bears” (Koalas), 2 euros with a joey, 1 pair of teal, 4 black swans with 3 cygnets and one wood duck. ALDCiATK, November 5th, 1932. Thei'c were about 12 members present on this trip ,and Dtx K. S. Rogers was leader. The subject of study was orchids. k number were collected and formed the basis of a very interest- ing talk by the Doctor. A specimen of an African species- y^atyrium coriifolium) was shown, which originally was brought from that continent and grown near Victor Harbor in a garden.. It has now beei\found in limited numbers in the surrounding sc rub. Of late years' it has been ascertained that some orchid' 64. Excursions. S.A. XAT., VOL. Xn*. February, 1933 roots and seeds are Infected with a microscopic fungus. Dr. Rogers gave a short resume of tlic present knowledge gainedl in this direction and it pr^ia 'gracilis). Convolvulus (C. ernbescevs), and Eryngvum sp. but not in flower. The wool shed was visited before the party left. On the return through the Torrens Gorge a stop was made and the Olite Gum {Encalyptus elaeophora) was collected. A search was made for the rare violet shrub [Hymenant hera angus- tijoria) whicli grows in the Torrens bed somewhere in the Cioree, but it Avas not seen. OSBORXE. LE EE\ RE PEXIXSULA, May 13, 1933. About 20 members took pari in the outing which was led by Messrs. E. H. Ising (Chairman) and B. C. Cotton. On the walk from the Station to the beach the plant life was (jbserved. It Avas regretful to see hoAV the boxthorn AA*as spreading which is let to increase without hindrance. I'he pig face (Carpobrotns aequilaterabs) was common on the flats and It was explained how this plant stores Avater in the specialh' adapted leaves, thus being enabled to Avithstand the heat of summer on the dry sand. Other natives noticed were the berry saltbush (Enchylaena to- mentosa) the Clematis (C. microphylla), sword rush (Lepidos- perma gfadiatinn). \^*hen the sandhills were reached the follow- ing were seen: — Sracvola crassijolia with its specially thickened leaves, and rounded shape to act as a protection against the pre- vailing Avinds. Leucopogon parvijlorus which seems to follow the sandhills along the coast, the silvery Spinifex trailers (S. hirsuUis) a grass Avhich makes a wonderful sand binder which 71 S.A. XAT., VOL. XIV. May, 1933 . Excursions when undisturbed covers the dunes on the seaward side, the sexes are on different plants and the large round heads of female flowers are often seen blowing along the beach in summer; the dune Geranium pilosuvi develops a long tap root to enable it to liv^e through the summer. Mr. Ising drew attention to the three separate plant formations in this district: (1) The J)une Flora. (2) The Alangroves along the riverside growing in brackish water and (3) 'File flats between these two. Mention was made of the hard conditions the dune flora has to contend with and the various adaptions perfected by the plant for overcoming these difficulties. Tlie lack of oxygen in watei'logged soil, such as that in which the mangroves grow, was pointed out and the growth of special ■organs (pneumataphores) or pegs on the roots and produced above high water mark so as to allow oxygen supplies to be taken in by these parts was explained. A further “safety first’’ device of this species Avas the germination of the seed on the parent plant -beforj becoming detached, by this means it would very easily germinate when it fell on the mud. Mr. Cotton stated that LeFevre Peninsula was particularly rich in beach fauna. Such a diversity of habitat, mangroves, sea-weed, sand-flats and accumulations of rock, sheltered a cor- responding range of beach life. Much remained to be done, as, compared with European beaches for instance, the peninsula was a virgin field. Many, even common shells found there, were wrongly named, their habits unknown and their animals undes- cribed. 'Fhe common bait-cockles {Chione scalarina and others) found on the sand flats by the hundred, had never been thorough- ly examined. Idle interesting, air-breathing mollusc (Salinalor fragilis), so common in the mangroves, still required a thorough description of the animal and a record of the many colour and shape varieties 'of the shell. fy Many questions may be asked of our common Conus (Conus anemone) . Why is there such a variation in the length of the spii'e? Is there more than one species confused under this name? Does the animal sting? This is only one of the thousand or more species, living on Le Fevre Peninsula, which await investig- ation. :o: NOTICE! Our special thanks are due to Sir Joseph Verco whose gener- osity enables us to reproduce the beautiful coloured plates of nudibranchs in this issue. This is the first time coloured plates have appeared in this publication. Dr. H. Basedow’ made the •original paintings from living specimens. 72 South .lustraiw.r. Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. May, 1933 , SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. (Including descriptions of new genus and species)^ PART VII. In this part the following families are treated: — Architectonidaej Heliacidae, Retusidae, Ringiculidae, Trie- lidae, AkeraUdae, Bullariidae, Aphistridae, Philinidae, Aglajidae^ Cavolhiidae, Spiratellidae, Tcthyidae, UmhracuUdae, Scyllaeidaej Aeolididae^ Pleurophyllidiadaej Argidae, Doriopsidae^ Polyceridae, ARCHITECTONICIDAE. Architecton = master builder. Shell orbicuiarj depressed or trochiform; mouth entire, angular or subcircular; lip and colu- mella simple, interior without nacre; umbilicus deep, usually wide, and usually with crenulated margins; main sculpture usually sfiral; operculum horny, spiral. Distribution — World-wide, in warm seas. Fossil — ^I'rias, maximum in the Tertiary. Few liv- ing species. The shells are not pearly like Trochus — \^■hich many of them resemble. Animal with very large oval foot, notched in front; tentacles cylindrical, folded throughout their length, thick, with eyes sessile on swellings near their outer bases. Philippia Gra}' 1847 (— Discuhis Deshay cs 1863). Conic, angular at tl^e periphery; without axial sculpture, spiral sculpture nearly obsolete; protoconch minute, smooth; umbilicus small, deep. Operculum flattened; whorls numerous, with nucleus sub- central; internal face bearing a subspiral calcareous process, dype — Solarhnn luteiim Lamarck 1822. P. lutea Lamarck 1822 (Solarium). Pi. 1. fig. L ‘‘The Yellow Philippia.’'’ Rather thin, conical; yellowish, with bands of small brown dots on the spirals above the suture and on the periphen-; umbilical crenulatlons white; spiral sculpture, a fine smooth thread above the suture, and two cinguli on the peri- phery; base spirally finely striated; growth lines oblique, fine; spire conical, a little higher than the mouth, outlines slightly con- vex; protoconch minute, smooth; adult whorls five, regularly increasing, flatl\' convex, the last keeled; base flattisli; suture but little impressed; mouth subquadrangular ; outer lip sharp; columella vertical, broadly rounded; umbilicus small, deep, mar- gin crenulated. Height 12, diam. 15 mm. Rare. Gulf St. Vin- cent, St. Francis Island, MacDonnell Bay, Glenelg River, and 73 S.A. N'AT., VOL. XIV. May, 1933. By Brnund C. Cotton tuid F. k. Gndin-y. 4 i]redgcd Bcachport 40 fathoms. Also Western Australia— Es- pcraiicCj Eliensbrook, jVlbany. (lypc locality — the seas of New iiolland). HELIACIDAE. Description as Jlcliacus, the only genus of the family here irecordcd. Distribution — W(n-ld-wide. tropical and subtropical. Dossil — Tertiary.. Animal possesses the essentia! features of Jrchitectomcidae. Heliacus d’Orbigny 1842. (= Torinui Cray 1840: 7ere- t'topoma Rochebriinc 1881). "Sun Shell.’ 'lurbinateiy ele- vated, or planorbifcjrm : protoconch paucispiral. .'^mooth; adult whorls rounded, granulated, spirally ribbed; outer lip and colu- mella simjtle; umbilicus moderate if) wide, perspective, its mar- gins slightly crenulated. Operculum horny, topically conically devated, externally multispiral, margined by projecting edges; Hitcrnal face smooth, bearing a spirally twisted median pnpjection. I'ypc — Solarhnn heherti Dcsliaycs. Ifefiaais differs from Jrcki- irctonica In having a nearly orbicular operculum, which is very cfinvex and marked with n spiral - ridge resembling a pagoda, "rhe operculigerous lobe on the font of the animal is cup-shaped when the operculum is removed, and the edges are elevated. The species affect deep tvatcr. and arc ver\- shy and sensitive •when observed. H, foveolatus 'i'atc 1893 (Torinia). 1^1. 1, fig. 2. ^'The Widely-umbilicated Sun Shell.” Turbinate, depressed, slightly convex; semitransparentwvhlte; penultimate whorl has four spiral riblets (of which one in the lower-third is the strongest), and slightly oblique axial tlireads, (nearly as stout :fs the largest of the spirals); the intersection of the spiral and axial threads pro- duce rhombic pits, within which are a few spiral striae; the largest spiral ribiet is granulated at the Intersections with the axials; body-whorl has a gcmmulatcd keel, the medial portion of t!ie upper surface has two gemmulated ribs, of about equal mag- nitude, at the suture there is a double smaller rib. and there is a finer one above the periphery; below the periphery are about five spiral equal-sized ribs, more or less gemiTudaied at the Inter- •scctions of axial sigmoidal threads; the umbilical wall lias about five flat threads crossed by lamella-like striae; whorls fou-. of rather slow increase; last whorl angulated at the periphery; base rounded; suture impressed; mouth quadrately rounded; umbilicus deep and tvide. Height 1.75. diam. 5, diam. of umbilicus 2.5 mm. (Type locahu’ — Aldinga Bay and Semaphore). The con- spicuous oblique ribbing and very wide umbilicus distinguish it. 74 South JustniUan Shrlls. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV May, H. stramineus Cimelin 1791 (= 7'. fiilva Hinds). “The Straw-coloured Sun Shell.” Convex, uniform yellowish-brown: axi:dl\' striated, spirally grooved and ribbed, ribs broad and Hat: suture profound; umbilicus wide, ribbed at the border, rib crenu- lated, umbilical wall with or without spiral ribs. Diam. 25 mm. Gulf St. Vincent, one fragment. King George Sound W.A.. 35 fath(jmSj one alive (\ erco). (Type locality— Tranquebar, Phil- ipj'Ines). .Also recorded from New Guinea. I'he older authors gave the Ifast Coast of Africa as the habitat of //. stramhiens,- but afterwards a small shell agreeing with this species in sculpture and colour, and differing only in .size, was found in the Mediter- ranean and identified by Philippi as the same shell. Cantraine, considering the difference in size and the widely separated habi- tats has made the Mediterranean shell a distinct species and named it 7'. sicnia. At the best. Cantraine's species is but a variety, of which 7'. jallaciosa Tiber! is a synonym. RETUSIDAE (= Toniaiinidae), Spiral, cylindrical or fusiform, capable of containing the soft parts; spire short or sunken and concealed; protoconch more or less turned over; mouth long and narrow, wider below; colu- mella with or without a fold; umbilicus, if present, very narrow: no operculum. Distribution — World-wide. Fossil — Cretaceous. Animal wdtli the foot shorter than the shell, entire behind; head- shield short, quadrangular, produced in two erected processes behind, near the bases of which are the et'cs; gizzard with three- oval tuberculate plates. Retusa Brown 1827. Retusa — blunt. Subcylindrical. imperforate, with slightly raised, flat or depressed spire; mouth almost or quite as long as the shell, narrow above, dilated below; columella thickened, with a small fold or none. Type — R. ohtnsa Brown. R. atnphizosta Watson 1886 {LUnculits) . d he Ciiithed Retusa.” Rather broadly cylindrical, but contracted in the middle, and broadest below the contraction, bluntly _ rounded in front; translucent white, w'lth trace of spiral bands; axial striations faint, close, feeblest on the base; spiral striations, regular, with delicate spiral scratched lines; top of shell flat, but slighth’ de- pt essed; [ fotoconch papillate, small; whorls four, (jf which only the small rounded tojts are seen on the crown. Avherc they aie- sliglitly and radiately ridged; suture impressed, distinct; mouth as long as the shell, rounded below, long, narrow, rounded above: outer lip bends outwards below the middle; columella with a Slight fold and a narrow patulous edge, with a scarcely noticeable By Btr/uml C. Cotton and f. k. (zodirry. S.A. XAT., \OL. XIV. May, 1933 . 7 ? umbilical depression behind it. Height 3. diam. 1.5 mm. St. Francis Island 6-20 fathoms. Also Western Australia — Bunbur}v King (jcoi'ge Sound, 15-28 fathoms. (Type localit}' — Flinders Passage, Cape ^'ork, North Australia, 7 fathoms). \'erv like Utriculus Lruncatulus Bruglere, but that has much stronger axials, nr. spirals, and an oblique crown, sloping down from left to right, on which side the top of the mouth and outer lip rise in a rounded loop, very considerably above the top' of the bod}'-whor!. R. eumicra Crosse &. Fischer 1865 {BnUa). 1^1. 1. fig. 3. Subcylindrical. thin; shining; somewhat Transparent, wnte: smooth; spire nearly ilat, but the protoconch forms a very small j rojecting button. Whorls tliree-and-a-half, last whorl large, almost equal to the whole of tlie shell; mouth narrow, but en- larged towards tile base. Height 4.5, diam. 2 mm. Common. Cuif St. Vincent and Spencer’s Clulf. (4'ype locality — Spcncerks Chilf. Somewhat allied to R. pussilla Sowerb}' {Bulla), but dis- tinguished from It b}^ the absence of ain' umbilical clelt, by it.^ greater length, its shape a little more elongated and more cylin- drical, and its spire whorls flat, with the exception of tlie apical' button, which is \'ery prominent. R. apiculata Tate 1879 (Utricuhis) . “I'he Sunken-spired Rctusa.’' Similar to R. einnicra Crosse & Fischer, but distim- gulshed b}’ its sunken spire, the papillary protoconch being ex- serted beyond the level of the body whorl. The upper part of the body-whorl, immediately below the suture, distinctly con- T'ex. The lower extremity of the shell is more gradually tapering, and the shoulder of the body whorl is less abruptly arched, con- sequently Ah apiculata is more fusiform than its ally. It is also much larger. Height 15.5, diam. 7 mm. T}-pe localit}' — KInn C-eorem Sound, W.A.) R. apicma Gould 1859 (Tof^uatitia) (= T. hrerichl^yi An- gas 1877; " T. niariae 'I'enison-Woods 1876: = Utricuhis aveii- ariiis W atson 1886: ~ Bulla fusifonnis Adams 1854). Ovately cylindrical, elongated; shining, white, growth lines very deli- cate: only faint traces of spiral striation; protoconch mamillated. small, of two wliorls; adult whorls two-and-a-half, somewhat devated. turreted; suture deeply but not bi'oadly channelled; mouth three-fourths the length of the shell, narrow above, gradu- al!}' dilating and curved at the base; outer lip not extending to the top of the whorl, and slightly contracted in the middle; colu- mellar fold obsolete. Height 5, diam. 2 mm. Gulf St. Vincent: St. Fraiuis Island 6-20 fathoms. (Type locality — Sydiic}' Harbor)n 76 'Sifiith .histn;l\an Shells. S.A. NAT., VOI.. XIV Mn. 1933. R. hofmani Angas 1877 {Tornatina) . "Hofman’s Retusa.” A’ylindrical. white; growtii lines \ ery fine; spiral striae, few. dis- 'tant, in'cgiilar, iliscernable toward the lip on the body whorl; ■protocoiiL'li sharp: whorls fivc-and-a-half, the tiiper adult \vl>..-rls sliglitly convex; last whorl a little shouldered above and very slightly concave in the middle: suture channelled; mouth narroM' above, dilated below, and rounded at the base: outer lip thin, ardied when viewed laterally, and slightly contracted in the ■middle; columella somewhat thickened below, with a small blunt fiexuous projection near the base, and covered by a callus extend- .ing nearly to the top of tlie whorl. Height 7, diam. 3 mm. Dredged — St. I'A^ncis Island, 35 fatlioms, (Type loLx/nty — ‘Sovr and Pigs Reef, Port Jackson). R. complanata Watson 1886 (Utriculus), “The Levelled- spire Retusa..' Cb'lindrical, truncated and flat on the top, very much and obliquely truncated in front; white; axial furrcjws on the lines of growth, strong, curved; spiral furrows over the wbftle surface, sharp, irregular, parted by flat intervals of about three :times their width; protoconch glossy, depressed, mamillatcd; ■whorls three, convex, on the to]' of the shell they arc rounded; ■suture impressed: mouth the full length of the shell, narrow above, voblong and roomy in from, club-shaped; outer lip rises rrainJIy just above the to}\ its course is straight witli a very slight con- cavity ; columella oblique, nearly straight, patulous^ Height 1.25, diam. .7 mm. St. Francis Island, 15-20 fathoms, one speci- men, which agrees with a spcciment from 5-10 fathoms, Hope Island, Queensland, (lype locality — West of Cape ^ ork, off sciiih-west point of Papua, 28 fathoms, green mud). R. hacketti sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 4. “HacketPs Retusa.’- Small, fairly solid, oj aque-white: cylindrical, attenuated in anter- ior half; the posterior parr of the shell is the widest part; vertex quite flat, except for the prominent mucronatc protoconch; adult whorls three: ia.st whorl rises ver_\' slightly above the vertex; when viewed from the dorsum, the anterior part on the left side (with tlie anterior end upwards) is a little excavated, instead of being convex; mouth narrow, dilated and rounded below; outer lip straigln. Tvi'ie — Height 4, diam. 2 mm. Cnilf St. Vincent, 10 fathoms. (Reg. Xo. D. 10659 S. Aus. Mus.). Also dredged Backstairs Passage. 10 fathoms. \ ertex may be very slightly sunken. Somewhat like R. rnniplcinata Watson, but distinguished by its prominent mucrrjnate i-)rotoconch. Ratlier larger and much more solid than R, kimberi Cotton & (P)dfrcy (below), and less variable in form. Named after Air. \V. Champion Hackett, a •keen naturalist and past chairman of the Field Naturalists Section cf the Royal Society of South Australia (Inc.). IT S.A NAT., V:OL. XIV, M.ay. 1933 . By Bernard C. Cotton a-nd F. K. Godfrey. R. kimber! sp. nov. PL 1, fig. 5. “Kimiber’s Retusa/’' Small, fairly thin, ovately cylindrical, translucent; axial growth lines, distinct, sublenticular; no spiral striae, spire very slightly prominent, and the small protoconch is also slightly prominent above the spire whorls; adult whorls three; last whorl nearly the total length of shell, slightly convex, with a regular dorsal curve anteriorly; mouth club-shaped, narrow above, gradually widening in a graceful curve to Its bulbous anterior; outer lip bulges slight- ly in Its anterior third and does not reach quite to the back of the previous whorl. Type — Height 3, diam. 1.4 mm. Gulf St. Vincent, 10 fathoms. (Reg. No. D. 10660 S. Aus. Mus.) Also dredged, Backstairs Passage from deep water. Related to R. hacketti Cotton & Godfrey, but distinguished in being smaller, thinner, and having a slightly elevated spire, bulging outer lip and a fuller antero-posterior dorsal curve. Most specimens have no spiral bands, but some of the juveniles show traces of broad or narrow spiral opaque bands on the translucent shell. Named to honour Mr. W. J. Kimber, for several years chairman of the Shell Club (now the Alalacological Society of S.A.), and an ardent Shell Collector for 40 years. Cylichnina Monterosato 1884. Small, subcylindrical, Im^ perforate; spire slightly raised, flat or depressed; mouth nearly or quite as long as the shell, narrow above, dilated below; colu- mella thickened, with a small fold or none. Type Bulla iimbili- cata Montagu. C. atkmsoni Tenison-Woods 1 876 (Cylichmi). ‘^‘■'Atkin- son's Cylichnina." Cylindrical, narrow, thin, ferruginous; dulf white, faintly striate both axially and spirally; spire umbilicate^ hidden; outer lip thin, acute, drawn in at the middle, and sub- dilate anteriorly; inner lip narrow, reflexed. Height 4.5, diam. 2 mm. S.A., St. Francis Island, 6-20 fathoms: Cape Wiles, 100 fathoms. W estern Australia — King George Sound to Fremantle, beach to 35 fathoms. (Type locality— Long Bay, Tasmania, 10 fathoms sandy bottom). Young shells are covered b}' dense un- dulating transverse striae. C- pygmaea A. Adams 1854 (Bulla). PL 1, fig. 6. “The Pygmaean Cylichnina." Small, subcylindrical, contracted In the middle, apex umbilicated; white, shining; axially striated, other- wise smooth; mouth narrow, linear, dilated below; outer lip produced abov^e, rounded, inflexed in the middle; inner lip sub- callous below. Height 5, diam. 2.6 mm. Backstairs Pas- sage and Gulf St. \incent westward to Bunbur>- W.A. — Beach and down to 35 fathoms. Not uncommon. (Type locality' — - Port Lincoln). Very variable. One form is cylindrical, centrally TO / South .} ust rdhiin Shrlls. S.A. NAT., VOI.. XIV. Ma’.. 1933. contracted; spirally striate and banded with spiral lines of opaque .be}’ond the spire and towards the axis, anteriorly; pyriform, 'i'he sliell ma}' be smaller, more oval — little or not at all centrally contracted; spiral)’ striate and banded ^\■ith spiral lines of opaque ■wliitc square spots. Another form is scarcely, if at all, inflated Ixdow. The shape may be fusiform, narrowed posteriorU- and the backwards prtjjcction of outer lip anitular. Rhizorus Montfort 1810. Small, solid; ovately-cylindrical, nvith oblique, sunken spire; mouth longer than the bod\’ of the ■■shell, narrow, entire .somewhat dilated at both ends; outer lip much prolonged, medially straight, sharp, turning into the cavity ■of the spire. Type — acldaidis Montfort (Italy). Many auth- 'ors give Rhizorus as a synonym of Vnhvula A. Adams. Wc think tl:is is probabh* incorrect as Voknda is one of the OzmJa forms. R. rostratus Adams 1850. PI. 1. fig. 7. “The Beaked Rhizorus.” Elongaiely oval, beaked at both ends; white, pellu- cid; axially sub-striated, spirally very minutely striated; mouth :narrow. linear; outer lip equall)^ arched; columella tortuous with a single fold. Height 7, diam. 2.6 mm. Fairly common and ‘gencralK' distributed from Bcachport S.A, to King Ccorge Sound and Hopetoim W.A. — beach and down to 104 fathoms. (T)'pe .local!t^■ — Port Lincoln, S. Aus. Mus. Metcalfe). R. tragula Hedley 1903 (Volviila). “d’he Drag-net Rhiz- oius,” from its net-like sculpture. Thin, oblong-acuminate; milk- white; spiral grooves, fine, medially almost effaced, posteriorly about half-a-dozen are deeply incised; axial growth lines faint; mouth as long as the shell, posteriorly it narrows to a canal, anteriorly is broad and effuse; inner lip terminates below in a spike; columella forms at base a broad car-shaped lobe, with a thickened edge. Height 4, diam. 1.65 mm. Gulf St. \ inceiit, Spencer’s Gulf. Tourville Bay. (fryne locality— Port Kcmbla N-S.^V. 63-75 fathoms). The South A'ustralian shell is probably •cither a variant or distinct species. More specimens are neces- sary to determine this, fledley records a series in the Australian Aluseum, Svdne^^, giving the species a range of sixteen degrees ■cf latitude. RINGICULIDAE. Short, ventricose, spire conic of several whorls; mouth narrow, obstructed by folds on tlie columellar margin; outer lip thicken- ed outside, often dentate within. operculum. Distribution Tropical and subtropical. Fossil — Cretaceous. Animal complete- retractile within the shell, foot short, head-disc wide, prolonged backward in the middle, a sort of siphon being formed by the rolled-in margins. 79 XAT, VOL. XIV. 1933 . BrrnanJ C. Cation and F. K. Godfrey. Ringicula Deshayes 1838^ Small, solid, ovate-globose; nearly white; spire conical; mouth from one-half to three-fourths the slielPs height, conspicuously notched and channelled at the base; outer lip thickened and often dentate or crenulate within, margined with callus outside; columcllar margin heavily callous- ed, with two to four strong entering folds, d^ype — Auricula rmgen.s J^amarck. R. australis Minds 1844. “I'hc Southern Ringicula.” Oval, rather thick, white; smooth throughout (as originally described), or regularly spirally incised, about eight incisions in the penulti- mate Avhorl; spire elevated; whorls five-and-a-half, moderately convex; last whorl, longer than the spire, rounded, and attenu- ated at the base; mouth contracted, somewhat ear-shaped, mar- gins united by a strong callous deposit forming a projecting tubercle; outer lip thick, reflected; inner lip dilated, with two folds, the stronger adjoining the base. Height 3, diam. 1.6S mm. ?v;ot uncommon. Backstairs Passage and Gulf St. X’incent, west- ward to King C]eorge Sound W.A. — beach and down to 55 fa- thoms. Some specimens from St. Francis Island are more elate but varying greatly in length. One from Sceales Bay is larger and subscalar in the spire. (Type locality- — Port Lincoln S.A.). Fresh specimens smooth throughout are rare. R. meridionalis Hedley 1911. "The Meridional Ringicula.’’ Ovate, tliin, the more solid parts opaque white, the less solid translucent pearl grey; spiral ribs, flat topped, with shallow spiral grooves between, sixteen on last whorl (some specimens have the ribbing closer); spire elevated; protoconch bulbous; whorls five, convex, last ventricose; mouth oval; outer lip thick- ened forming a slight external varix, smooth within; columella ••.vith two strong folds, above which a callus thick-spread on the body wliorl projects a broad, blunt tubercle into the aperture. Height 2.5, diam. 1.65 mm. Dredged — Cape Wiles, Cape Jaffa, Xeptune Islands, 100-130 fathoms. (Type locality — 40 miles .south of Cape Wiles S.A., 100 fathoms). R. australis Hinds, is larger but proportionately narrower. R. semiscuipta Hedley 1911. Rather large and thin for the genus, ovate-globose, glossy, subtranslucent; growth lines j:nc, microscopic: spiral scratches, few, on shoulder; half-a-doxen widely spaced spiral grooves on the base; protoconch tilted; sub-- immersed; whorls (including protoconch) five, rounded; suture Impressed, bordered by an opaque line; outer lip thickened in a low varix, not dentate, sinuate posteriorly, insertion rising a little above the line of the suture; inner lip spread on the body whorl in a thick callus, but without any tubercle; columella with two 80 South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV May, 1933 I‘?romiiient, deeply entering folds, the lower larger and projectine beyond the canal. Height 5, diam. 3.5 mm. Dredged — Beach- port to Cape Jaffa, 90-300 fathoms. Type locality — 100 fathoms, forty miles south of Cape Wiles, South Australia). South Aus- tralian adult specimens have a prominent ndangular tooth inside- the outer lip op['osite the interval between the columcllar folds., and a long Inflected edge iurther back, and a minute denticle- between the two, also a low, wide, basal tubercle on body whorl midway between the upper fold and the back of the aperture. \ounger shells are thinner, without the labral denticle and the basal uiberclc is almost obsolete. R. denticulata Gould 1860. “I'he Denticulated Ringicu- laT Ovate, acuminate, solids milk-white, spiral striae, close (narrower ones being sometimes intercolated) ; whorls five, ven- tricose; mouth narrow; lip thickened, denticulate within, nearly interrupted at siphonal sinus, folds transverse, acute, callus mod- erately, Iiardly appressed, the parietal tooth moderate. Height 5, diam. 3.5 mm. Dredged — Neptune Islands, 104 fathoms. Also Western Australia — West of Eucla, 50-100 fathoms, and Man- durah. (Tv|'e locality — Port Jackson). R. hardingi sp. nov. PI. 1, fig. 8. "‘Harding's Ringicula.'" Ovate, turreled, solid, Aehite; spiral incisions strong, numerous,, crowded, abcniL thirty in the body whorl, with one stronger spiral just below the suture; spire somewhat elevated; protoconch of two whorls, slightly turreted. somewhat oblique, smooth; adult whorls three, slightly convex; moutli rather narrow, obliquely oA'atc; outci' lip thickened, smooth; two columellar and one parietal fold. Pype — Height 4. diam. 2.5 mm. Locality — 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa S.A. (Reg. No. D. 10662 S. Aus. Mus.) Spire turreted, shorter than in R. australis Hinds, and longer than in R. si'miscidpta Hedlcy. The strong spiral below the suture Avllf Iselp to distinguish it. Named after Mr. W. A. Harding, an ardent microscopist. Chairman of the Microscope Committee, a sub- section of the South Australian Field Naturalists. Pugnus Hedley 18%. “liy its thrice folded columella, an- terior canal, thickened outer lip. a sculpture of spiral grooves crossed by transverse striae, this very distinct genus takes a place in the family Ringiculidae. From the only other sur- viving genus Rin!s,iciiia, Pugnus is separated by its iuvolule shell and buried spire. In the shortness of the spire the Cretaceous fossil Avellana occupies a position intermediate between tliesc- two. Its contour is however, more globose, and those subordin- ate groups which agree with Pugnus In possessing a smooth lip,, appear to differ by having one columella plication only. The- type and only species is P. parvus Hedley'^ (Hedley). 81 ■5.A. NAT.. \'0L. NJV. .May, 1933. Hy Hrniard C. iUdioii end h. k. i>odjrcy. P. parvus Hedley 1896. PI. K fie. 9. Minute, solid, oblong, T;hite, involute, spire buried, nuperforate, the posterior o1 the inner portion of last whorl oblicfucly sloped; spiral grooves, about thirty, whose intcrscctices are three times their breadth, and are cut bv axial striae into squarish facets; mouth as long as the shell, vertical, contracted in middle. c.\panded above and below; outer lip smooth, thickened externally and internally, springing from a false umbilicus in vertex, arched higher than it; arcuate peripherally. cur\ing below the whorl up to the columella and K:hannclled'at junction; inner lip overlaid with callus; anteriorly the columella bears a strong entering (old, posy^rior and parallel to which is a weaker one, and posterior to this again a small deepy seated third fold is just distinguishable. Height 1.5. diara. i mm. (Type locality — Manly, N.S.W., alive, at low tide on rocks, and dead in shell sand from Middle Harbour). TRICLIDAE Sraphandrnlae). Spiral, spire sunken or concealed. 9 he lorm of ihe snell is so various that no useful diagnosis of the iamily can be drawn from it. Distribution — ^World wide. Fossil — Cretaceous. Animal W'ith a short cephalic shield, truncated posteriorly; no tentacles, ■eyes deeply embedded; epipodial lobes well developed, three cal- careous stomachal plates, two broad and paired, one nananv and single; they are not tuberculate. Carnivorous. Sexes united. Cylichnella Gabb 1S73. Small, moderate!)' solid, subeyhn- •drical. the spire sunken and umbilicate or closed and concealed by the calloused inner lip; smooth or with spiral striae; nututh as long as the shell, narrow above, expanded and effuse below, lined base; columella rather thickened, simple or somewhat sinuous; outer !io receding towards the suture. Type — Bulla hidentata d.'Orbigny. C. arachis Quov S; Gaimard 183.5 [Bulla). PI. 1. ng. 10, Solid, cylindrically elongate, obtuse at both ends; periostracum cinnamon; white; spiral striations very delicate; umbilicate; nuHith very straight; peristome clear white; columella thick; rounded below. Height 24. diam. 9 mm. Not uncommon and generally distributed, from Beachport S.A. to Bunbury W.A. beach, and dredged to 150 fathoms. (Tyfc locality — King Georve Sound MhA.) C. thetidis Hedley 1903 [Cylichna), “d he Thetis Cylich- 'iiella.” Narrow, elongated, cylindrical, thin; glossy, white; spiral incised lines, fine, close; growth lines hardly perceptible; narrowly umbilicate. partly roofed by a callous arch; mouth as long as the shell, narrow ab(j\'e. expanded and effuse below lined on inner side by callus; columella oblique, slighth' tveisted, uhlckencd, with a slight angle below; inner lip narrow, with a 82 South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOf.. xiv. May. 1933 .. furrow on the outside. Height 11. diam. 4.5 mm. Dredged— Beachport S.A., to Bimbury W.A. 12-110 fathoms. (Type loc- ality — N.S.W. Alanning River 22 fathoms and Port Kembla ,63- 75 fadioms). C. protumida Hedley 1903 {Clylichna) (not C. pyramiciata A. Adams). ''The Anteriorly-swollen Cylichnella.’’ Narrow, long in the waist, inflated rather suddenly at the anterior third,, rounded anteriorly, obliquely truncated at the vertex; pale yellow; growth lines, faint, cut b}' spiral lines; fine, sharp, incised, w'hich are distinct above and obsolete medially; mouth the full length of the shell, medially constricted to a slit and opening below in a pear-shaped exj'anslon; body-whorl overlaid by a sheet of callus; columella slightly curved, broad inner margin subdentate, outer refiexed; vertex pierced by a narrow, deep, axial^ perforation. Height 5,4. diam. 2.3 mm. Dredged — Beachport S.A., to Rottnest Island \V.A.,50 -300 fathoms. (Type locality — Cape Three Points N.SAW 41-50 fathoms). Fllndersian exam- ples are not typical, they arc wider and obsoletcly sculptured. Roxania Cray 1847. Small, ovoid, solid, splrie umbilicate; decussately striate, transversely profundly sulcate, the sulcations strongh^ t'unctuate; mouth narrow, dilated In front; inner lip sharp, truncate below: outer lip produced above. T)'pe — Bulla canchii F'lcming 1828. R. exigua A. Adams 1854 {Atys). PI. 1, fig. 11. "The Scant Roxania. Elongately oval, posteriorly narrowed; white^ shining; axial strlations. very fine; mouth narrow, linear, dilated below; outer lip produced above, hexuous; columella thin, rather tortuous; inner lip subsallous. Height 10, diam. 4 mm. Not com- mon. ]>cach — Crange, Glenelg, Port \\ illunga, allaroo. Dred- ged — St. Francis Island, 15-35 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Lincoln). R. parvula i\. Adams 1854 {Aiys). 'H’he Minute Roxania,*'’ C.Hmh white, shining; spiral striations throughout, dose, very minute; mouth widened below; outer lip arched, posteriorly produced, anteriorly dilated; inner lip slightly tortuous, subtrun- cated. Height 3, diam. 2 mm. Very rare in South Australia, (d'ype locality — Port Lincoln). R. hordeacea A. Adams 1854 (Al\s)^ "4’he Barley Rox- ania.” Oval, narrow at the ends, ventricose above the middle; white, shining; spiral striations throughout, strong, striae rather wide apart; mouth narrow; outer lip arched above the middle,, posteriori}- produced, anteriorh^ rounded; Inner lip anteriorly strongly twisted, subtruncated. Height 5, diam. 3 mm. \'ery rare. Beach — Streak}- Ba}'. (Fype localit}- — Port Lincoln)., s.A. vr., VOI-. XIV. ^{\r, 1933 . By Bernard C. Cotton and f. fd. Godfrey. AKERATIDAE. Oval or cylindrical, thin and fragile, elastic; light yellow- brown or green tint; with entirely exposed nearly level spire, deep sutural slit, and wide fasciole. Distribution — A lost Seas. Fossil —Tertiary. Animal not completely retractile, with long narrow head disc, large parapodial lobes reflexed over the shell, and many cartilaginous stomach-plates. The young use the parapodial lobes as swimming organs. Akera Muller 1776 Akeros — hornless. Ovate, or oval- cvlindrical, thin, fragile, elastic, with exposed nearl}- level spire of several whorls; last whorl acutely keeled at the shoulder, the keel bounding a Hat anal fasdolc; mouth nearly as long as the shell, rarrmv above and extending in a deep sinus along the suture, dilated below and very effuse, permitting all the whorls to be seen from the base through the spirally ascending columella;, columella very concave, thin, with narrowl}’ rcllexed edge. T’ype — :lkera IniUata Muller (British). A. soluta Gmelin 1791 (BuHa). Large, fragile, cylindrical, tapering towards the ends; periostracum thin, pale yellowlsh- hmwn; spiral striatioiis dense; spire slightly projecting, obtuse, a terrace of shoulder of whorls, acutely keeled, a ilat, wide anal fasciole between keel and the deeply impressed suture; proto- conch minute, uptilted. half immersed; whorls nearly five; body whorl forming most of the shell; mouth narrow in its uj'^per half, with a wide posterior sinus extending back about a third of the whorl, lower half dilated ovate, effuse at the base; outer lip fragile, arching forward in the middle; columella very concave, with a narrowh' refiexed cord-like edge. Height 45, diam. 25 mm. Port Lincoln, Ilardwicke Bay, Spencer's Gulf. (Type locality — Zan- zibar). Peters records this species from Querimba Is.. Lienard from Mauritius, Cuming from the Philippines and Torres Straits, Angas from New South Wales. A. tasmanica Beddome 1882. “ITc T'asmanlan Akera.' Minute, globosel}' oblong, imperforate, thin, glossy; brown, dark- er tinted above, with a narrow white band near the shoulder and a wider one in the anterior-third; spire truncated, flush with the upper margin of the last whorl, separated by a channelled suture, terminated by a hyaline bulbous protoconch; last whorl Inflated, ?.s long as the shell, rounded at the shoulder; mouth contracted above, enlarging anteriorly to the arched front; outer lip trun- catedly angled posteriorly; columella arched, simple. Height 1.9, diam. 1.2 mm. Guichen Bay, Ciulf St. A'incent. (Type locality — BrowiTs River Road, Tasmania, 7 fathoms). A. bicincta Quo}' &: Gaimard 1833 {BuUa). PL 1, fig. 12. ‘The Two-banded y\kcra.’’ Ovate-oblong, very thin, fragile; white, encircled by two reddish-bands; axial and spiral striations; ;84 South JnstmUan Siidls. S.A. NAT., V-DL, X!V. May, 1953. suture fissured. Heidn 25, diam. 17 mm. Dredged (uilf St. \incent 5 fathoms. Also Albany W.A. (Type locality— King ■Cmorge Sound .A.) Has almost entirely the form of the fratnle A. biillaia Muller, (the ty^e of the genus, a British species) only the outer hp is more developed and the mouth wider below. BULLARIIDAE. Globose, oval, or oblong-ct lindric, vertex umbilicated (rarely ■covered) and sunken spire, mottled colour-pattern, and smijothisli surface: mouth as high as the shell, rising above the vertex, narrow aho\'c. dilated below; columella concave, simple, with reflexed crescent callus, no fold. Distribution — Warm and tem- perate seas, hossil — Lretaceous. ‘ Animal completely retractive, with a large head-disc, truncated in front, bilobed behind, bearing eyes about the middle; no epipodial or parapodial lobes; foot 'long, tapering behind; stomach contains three dnmb-bell-shared chitinous plates. Sexes united. Herbivorous. BuIIaria Rafmcsqtie 1815 (= BuUa Linne 1758). Oval, compactly involute, generally solid and with mottled coloiir- pattern; spire sunken, umbilicated; mouth as high as the siiell, rising slightly above the xertex, its upper portion narrow, ex- panded towards the base; outer lip simple, flexuous; columella short and conca\'e. with a crescentic white reflexed callus; parietal tvall smooth, witli a light callus. Type — HuUa ampulla Linne. Species of this genus inhabit sandy mud-flats, the slimy banks of river-mouths and brackish places near the sea; at low water some ccmccal themselves in the mud and under seaweed, exiidine large quantities of mucus to maintain the moisture of their skin. B. botanica Hedley 1918 (new name for B. australis (way 1825: not B. australis Perussac 1822: = B. ohlonga .A. Adams 1854). I^l. ], fig. 13. "The Merbivourom^ Biillaria.'^ Oval-cyjin- drlc. rather thin, shining; yellowish-brown, marbled witli darker, sometimes spiral!)' banded; growth lines distinct, flexuous. rib- lique; spiral striations very fine and dense, the striae distinctly ^\■avy; spire sunken, vertex with a narrow deep, not pcrspecrive, umbilicus, with spiral striation; bod)’ whorl elongate-oval, narrow- ed above, convex, but somewhat flattened on the last half-liirn: base rounded; mouth high, extending beyond the spire, narrow above, enlarged tOAvard the base; outer lip thin, sharp, narrowly rounded above, flatly convex in the middle; basal lip regularly arched; columella short, concave; inner lip reflexed over the pillar. Height 50. diam. 33 mm. Common along the whole South Aus- tralian shore fine: also Western Australia to Bunbut) . Beach and dredged to 28 fathoms. (Type locality — King George Sounif W.A.) Alan)' cast up alive at Stansbury, Yorke Peninsula, also in the mud of Onkaparinga River above Port Noarlunga town S.A. NAT., MOL. XIV. Mav. i.933. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. G odfrey. bridee. The species attains to 67 mm. in length by 40 in breadth^ and is sometimes proportionately broader, 65 x 40 (illustrated). The S.A. form is rarely that with the very narrow posterior end and the centrally compressed labrum, but the oblonga form of A. Adams. Over the lower fourth of the body whorl are about eight to twelve well marked spiral Incisions, three to five of them are subciistant, the rest crowded around the basal lip. Sometimes two broad well defined whitish bands encircle the shell, one above and one below the middle, each with a central dark line shaded off on one side. B. tenuissima Sowerby. -‘The Very Thin Buliaria.'’ Ov- .ne-oblong, subcylindrical, subpellucid, very thin; pale brown, varieirated with subquadrate, dull brown spots, principally ar- ranged in four rows; outer lip rather straight; columella margin white, fiat, arched, narrow; umbilicus wide. Height 23, diam. 13 mm. One fragment, Levens Beach (Cotton). (Type locality — ^vvan River W'.A.) Remarkable for the thinness of its semi- transparent texture. ATYIDAE. Shell brittle, with concealed spire; a posterior sinus, but no sutural slit or anal fascicle; the interior not wholly visible from base. Distribution — Most Seas. Fossil — Miocene. Animal with a quadrate head-disc, bibbed behind; eplpodial lobes large, re- flexed over the shell; three principal cartilaginous stomach-plates. Herbivorous. Sexes united. Haminoea T’urton 1830 (= Ila-minea Gray 1847). Thin^ fragile, corneous, globose, ovate or cyllndric-ovah spire sunken and concealed, vertex concave, imperforate or minutely perforate; periostracum thin; mouth as long as the shell, broadly rounded below, narrow above; columella concave, thin, its edge narrow!}' reflexed_. with a slieht fold where it joins the body of the shell; lip retreating above but without a distinct sinus. Type — Bulla hydatis Linne 1758 (British). H. brevis Quo}' Sc Gaunard 1833 {Bulla). PI. 1, fig. 14. ‘The Short Haminoea.’' Rather solid, cylindrical, truncated at both ends; white; smooth, except for about twenty spiral stria- lions on the base; growth lines microscopic; vertex somewhat sunken but not umbilicate; mouth quite wide throughout its length. Height 18, diam. 10 mm. Fairly common. Yankalilla Bay S.A. and west to Albany W.A., beach, and dredged to 15 fathoms. (Type locatity — King George Sound W.A.) Animal white, stomach containing three oblong deepl}' toothed plates. Shells taken by Sir J. C. A'erco at Albany beach. 10 mm. in length, 86 South Justra/'uni Slirlls. S.A. NAT., VOT.. Mv _ May. have all of them the spiral lines in front, very few have the rest of the shell smooth, most have similar spirals at the posterior part and some over the whole surface; so these spirals wjll not distinguish cutladifera from brevis. H. tenera Adams 1850 {Bulla). Obliquely suboval, hornr. pellucid, axially strongly striated, rather green, with very minute spiral lines: tauter lip straight, posteriorly rounded. Height 13. diam. 8.5 mm. Hcachport S.y\. to Rottnest Island W.A. Fairlv common in beach shell sand. Aj>parently a shallow water form, ^ih'pe locality — uncertain. Pilsbery gives various localities— Sue 2 fC(')okc). Mauritius (Lien, Mobius), Reunion (I)lo- hayes). If this is the same species as H. vitrea A. Adams (as Cooke thinks) then priority applies and tlie name becomes //. vilrea Adams := tenera Adams 1850. H. cuticuHfera K, A. Smith 1872. Elongate-cylindrical, aboA'e and below roundh quadrate, tliin; white, buff tinged ic- wiird base and vertex, uniformly light horny when fresh; perlo- stracLim very thin, shining; growth lines, fine, flexuous; spiral linear grooves, rather distant, fine, closer together and more dis- tinct on base; vertex impressed, imprerforate, tire lip reflexed at the centre body, whorl cylindrical, narrowly angularly rounded above, straight in the middle, base flatly convex; mouth as high as the shell, narrow above, scarcely produced above the vertex, Avidened below; outer lip produced and angularly rounded above; almost straight at the middle; columella short, rather straight, with the inner lip reflexed over it. Height 14-, diam. 6.S mm. lire ^usualh^ short, last whorl inflated; mouth distinctly ef- fuse below, columella somewhat tliickened, rarely twisted, but alwa) s anteriorly truncated. Distribution — Tropical and sub- t:'(>pical, chiefly Coral Reefs, Hast Indies. Fossil — Jurassic. An- imal, head with the frontal disc produced into large ear-like ten- tacular lobes folded back over the back of the shell, and furnished with bifid labial appendages: eyes sessile at the inner bases of the tentacular lobes; mantle with the inner margin thin and mcm- branouSj the outer forming a thick, fleshy lobe, curving round tlie spire of the shell; branchial plume long and single; foot large and membranous, auriculate in front, rounded behind. Aplustrum Schumacher 1817. Aplustre, the carved stern of a ship with its ornaments. Shell oval, thin, vividly coloured banded; covered with a thick horny periostracum; spire wide, depressed; columella truncated at the base, the aperture notched there; outer lip sharp, d^pt ^ — BuHa aphistre Linne (Philippines). A. brazieri Angas 1877 ( Dlaphana) , PI. 1, fig. IS. '‘Bra- txier’s Aplustrum.” Subglobose, thin;- hyaline; periostracum olive, fine, membranaceous; spire flatly depressed; whorls three-and-a- Italf, rounded above; last whorl inflated; suture impressed; mouth contracted above, subovate below; outer lip sharply angled pos- tcxfioilly. :slig-htly sinuous, arcuate ^bclow: columella abruptly truncate below the long, narrow, open umbilicus. Height 4, diam. .3 mm. \ cry rare in South Australia. Dredged — bfeptune Islands, 104 fathoms. (Type locality — ‘‘Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson in four fathoms, sandy mud, on weeds). Shell like Diaphana, but cohimclla abruptly ^truncated beloW. Pi1sbr\- introduced section Anstroclia^phana, type — D\ hrazidri Angas, which Medley considered should rank as a subgenus, {Austro- iuiphana Pilsbry, Man. Conch. X\h, p. 287). PHILINIDAE. Shell capable of containing but a small part of the body, en- tirely interna], covered by the reflexed and united mantle: whitish, fragile, of one or two whorls; spire sunken (jr absent, mouth extremelv large, the outer lip often prcKluced In a lobe or point above. Distribution — All seas, from low-water mark a depth of about 1,000 fathoms. Fossil — Cretaceous, Animal n ith the body oblong", the Iicad-sltield having no tentacular pro- cesses, provided with sessile eyc.s or without them; foot trun- cated or rounded behind; parapodial lobes very large and con- spicuous, more or less folded over the back. Philine Ascaniiis 1772. Ovate, or squarish, thin, fragile, translucent, pale-coloured; smooth spirally striate or punctuate, or latticed; spire sunken; whorls few, loosely coiled, which are 88 South Aush‘aiw.n Shells. S.A. NAT.; VOI.. XIV. May, 1933 . entirely open from below; mouth very large, broadly effuse be^ low; outer lip retracted, joining a wide sinus above; columella thin; arcuate. Tj-pe- — P. qxiadripartita Ascanius 1772 (British Isles). The egg-capsules are gelatinous, hydrophanous, ovate, containing very numerous eggs arranged in single file, on a very long funiculus, folded in a loose spiral. The embryo has a spiral shell, an operculum, and is capable of swimming by means of a. ciliated veil. The animals of this genus are blind, like most creatures that seek their food by burrowing. They frequent mud-flats, the surface of which they perforate and probe with their fattened heads for the small bivalves which constitute their prey; these they seize and swallow entire, breaking their shells by means of their testaceous, nruscular gizzards. In all seas, from the shore-line to moderate depths. Jeffreys, comment- ing on the name of the genus, stated it should be Phylline, if de- rived Irorn the leaf-like appearance of the shell; but that name was given by Oken to a genus of parasitic Annelids. P. angasi Crosse 1865 (Bullaea) (not P. aperta Linne 1767, from Cape of Cfood klope). PI. 1, fig. 16, “Angas’s Philine.’'" Oval, rounded and manifesting a little concavity at the centre of its summit, convex and almost cylindrical outside, rolled up inside; thin, transparent, somewhat glistening, milk-white; growth striae exceeding]}' fine and a little rugose; mouth very broad in the mid- dle and at the base; outer lip semicircular simple, acute, and ex- ceeding the rest of the shell a little; inner lip in adults covered with a callous deposit, thin, white and transparent. Total length 40, greatest diameter 30 mm. Generally distributed in South Austra- lian waters, not uncommon, beach and dredged to 10 fathoms, (lype localit}' — Gulf St. \dncent). It is probable that, like P. ap- erta, this shell in the water, and in the living animal, is quite trans- parent, and without colour, and that it only takes later the milk- white tint. The stomachal plates are very solid, and affect the appearance of a three-cornered hat. Tiic Pinglish shell is now accepted as P. aperta qnadriparUla Ascanius, but was formerly considered to be identical with P. aperta from South Africa. Jef- freys gave the distribution of P. aperta as from Upper Norway to the Canaries, the ^lediterranean, Adriatic and Aegean Seas, at from 4-110 fathoms; specimens from Cape of Good Hope, Australia, and Xew' Zealand appearing to be specifically iden- tical and stated that he had in vain attempted to discover a single distinguishimr character, especially in regard to the South African shells: P. columnaria fIedIe^' Sc May 1908. drapezoidal oblong, tliin, transparent, milk-white; spiral scratches fine, close, crossed by irregular, inconspicuous growth lines; mouth broad below, narrow above, the summit arche.d. projecting be}'ond the spire,. 89 X\T., MOL. xn^ Mav, 1933 . By Bernanl C. Colton and F. K. Godfrey. inserlctl !n_‘ln\v t1ic of tl)o lost M'liorl: outer lip Cf,l,e:e rumple; inner lip cleliiKHl liy :i lliiek la\cr of eailus. at. llic base ol w hlcli is a small umbilical groove; centre of summit occupied by a shallow ]dt margined by a groove, but the p'otoconch is concealed by a layer of callus spreading from the suture. Length 6.5. breadlli 5 mm. Dredged — l>eachport and Cape Jaffa, 40-200 fathoms. (Type locality— dOO fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania). Some specimens show tv\'o S[iiral bands, one about the middle of the shell, the other about half-way between this and the apex, less opaque than the rest of the shell, and sometimes constricted along these lines and swollen between. Fledley stated the Cape Pillar individuals showed the same variation. P. evoluta \Trco 1 909. ‘‘'Phe Lfnrolled Phlline.” Small, thin, short, subquadrate, milky-white; spiral llrac, numerous, fiat, low, about one-third the width of their interspaces, obsolete at the vertex, more crowded In the middle; growth striae and undula- tions, subdistani; vertex very little narrowed, not umbilicated, shiowing three-quarters of a whorl, flatly convex; mouth very wide, wmiely slnuscd above; outer lij: thin, produced in a roundly- angular lobe above the vertex: columella deeply and uniformly concave; inner lip a moderately wide glaze; umbilicus minute, nmatc. I leight 4..5, diam. 3.5 mm. Named from a unique dead specimen dredged in 1.30 fathoms >' Bernard C. Colton and F. K. Godfrey. 9l insides (: — inner sides) of parapodia very dark; posterior wings (M mantle short, without a filament. Shell unknown. Australia. (CloLild).” CAVOLINIDAE. Sliell external, calcareous; inopcrculated, bilaterally sym- metrical, not rolled up in a spiral, but at its apex often dorsally recurved. The shell has a variable form, which may always be referred to as a hollow cone, more or less modified, flattened dorso-vcntrally or circular in section; apex quite straight, re- curved, or truncated; mouth broad or narrow; ribs axial or spiral. Initial portion of the shell, generally distinct from the rest, represents the protoconch. Distribution — High seas, in all latitudes, very numerous in the tropics, floating constantly in the water by means of the lateral fins. Fossil — Palaeozoic. Ani- mal, entirely retractile within the shell, with pallial cavity ven- tral, columellar muscle dorsal, anus situated on the left; the lorm of the fins and of the posterior lobe of the foot varies considerably. Cavoiina Abildgaard 1791. Generally horny-brown colour, esj'ccially characterized by its much contracted aperture, which is, however, very broaci transversely; the lateral portions of this aperture, which are narrower than the middle part, are almost separated from it b}' a more or less developed tooth arising from the ventral lip and luting into a dorsal depression; dorsal lip, which is longer than the ventral, is always more or less ventrally recurved; ventral lip, muclt recurved dorsally, is con- stricted a little in front of the aperture and then reflected ven- trally; ventral surface always bulging. The special form of Cavolina depends on the fact that the sides of the shell diverge abruptly outwards, so that the lips appear much prolonged an- teriorl}-; the sides of the shell are often prolonged into a more or less projecting point. The cmbr)’onic shell is not separated by a distinct constriction, d'ype — C. nutans Abildgaard. C. inflexa l..csueur 1813 {Ilyalacci) . *'d’he Curved Cavo- lina.*’ iflongated, conical, ccnnpresscd on each side, elongated posteriorly, terminated by a recurved point, laterally armed with a short point; mouth ovately transverse, laterally deeply cleft. Height 6, diam. 4 mm. Neptune Islands, 104 fathoms. 'Fwo examples. j^(.)calities — Atlantic. Pacific and Indian Ocean. The distinguishing feature of this species appears to be the up[-'cr lip directed straight forwards. C. telemus J^inne 1758 {Monoculiis) (— tridentata Pelseneer 1888). Globular, thin, pellucid, yellowish, transverse striations ver\' fine; hinder central process short, terminal tooth longer than the lateral ones. Height 15, diam. 12 mm. Cape Jaffa 300 fathoms, Beachport 110-150 fathoms. Neptune Islands 92 ^outk Australian Shells. S.A. NAt., VOt. XIV May, 1933 I’ig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fiir. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. li. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. IS. Fig. 16 Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. EXPLAXAllON OF PLATES. PLATE /. Philippia hitea Lamarck. lieliaciis joveolatus Tate. Petusa eumicra Crosse S: Fischer. Retusa hackctti nov. Reh(sa kimberi sj.. nov. Cylichnina pygmaea A. Adams. Rhizorus roslratus Adams. Ringiciila hardingi sp. nov. Pxi.g}ms parvus Fledley. Cyliclinella arachis Quoy 6c Galmard. Roxania exigua A. Adams. Ahcra bicincta Quoy 6c Gaimard. Bidlaria botanica lledley. llaminaea brevis Quoy 6c Gaimardr Apluslrum brazieri y\ngas. Philine angasi Crosse S: Fischer., Aglaja I roil bridge ns is \ erco. Clio pryamidata Idnne. Styliola subula Quoy 6c Gaimard. Spiratella injlata Blainville. Teihys norjolkensis Sowerby. Umbrella corticalis Tate. PLATE I. PLATE IV. Fig. 1 . Pleurophyllida cygnea Bergh. Lateral view. Fie. o 2 . PleuropliyIJid a cygnea Bergh. Front view. Fig. 3. Pleurophyllida cygnea Bergh. Ventral view. Fig. 4. Pleurophyllida rows of teeth cygnea Bergh. on the radula. Arrangement transverse Fig. 5. Pleurophyllida denticles. cygnea Bergh rachidian cusp with its Fig. 0-7 Pleurophyllida cyguea ]>ergh. Accessory plates con- necting the rachidian with the laterals. Fig. 8. Pleurophyllida aspect. cygnea Bergh. Lingual spines, exterior Fig. 9. Pleurophyllida aspect. cygnea Bergh. Lingual spines, interior Fig. 10. Pleurophyllida cygnea Bergh. Mandible. Fig. 11. Archidons varia Abraham. Teeth from the radula. Fie. 12. Arcludoris varia Abraham. An enlareed branchia. Fig. 13. Arcludoris varia Abraham. Radula. Fig. 14. Ceratosorna brevicaudattmi Abraham. An enlarged brancliia. Fig. IS. Hypselodoris epiciiria V>i\SQdoy^^ k .An enlarged branchia. i- Fig. 16. Nevibrotha verconis Basedow k fledley. Row of teeth from radula. Fig. 17. Ilal^erda graphica Basedow & Hedley. Enlarged teeth from the radula. Fig. 18. Hcdgerda graphica Bascdtjw Sc Fledley. Teeth from the radula. Fig. 19. Aetliodoris vcrcoiis Basedow k Hedley. Teeth from the radula. Fig. 20. Aetliodoris verconiis Basedow k Hedle}'. Radula cross lines representing transverse rows of teeth. Fig, 21. }I\t>seIodoris epicuria Basedow Sc Hedley. \ entral view. PLATE IV. 20 14 H. 1 MwaaMiigMi S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. May, 1933. By Bern ard C. Cotton (ind f. K. Godfrey. 93 104 fathoms. Also Avest of Ifucla 80-300 fathoms measuring 17 mm. X 13 mm. XvJincrous specimens. This species is witiiout appreciable lateral points. Localities — Atlantic, J^adtic and In- dian Oceans. Diacria Cray 1847. Shell tricuspidate, the terminal point long; Avith lateral slits opening into the cervical aperture. Type — llyalaea Irispivosa Lesueur 1821. D. trispinosa Lesueur 1821 {IJyalaea). ''d’hc Three-spined Diacria.” Depressed, straight, kite-shaped; anterior extremity, 01 the portion above the acute lateral spines, Is much shorter than the posterior end; the latter produced into a very long and slen- der straight caudal spine; transparent Avhlte, brownish near the lips and at the commencement of the tail; mouth short, narroAv, semi-elliptic; marginal fissure extending to the lateral spines is linear; both lips abruptly reflected; upper and lower surfaces of shell nearly equally convex, mostly without marked concentric striae; upper surface projects semicircularly beyond the straight- ish labial edge of the loA\'cr; upper surface with a broad rounded central axial fold, generally divided in front into three smaller ones, flanked on each side Avith a strong narrower fold; lower surface Avith a slight fold adjacent to each lateral spine. Beach- port to Xeptune Islands, 90-300 fathoms. Xumerous specimens. Also \^’estcrn Australia, 80 miles Avest of Kucla, 80 fathoms, measuring 7 mm. x 6 mm. Localities — Atlantic, Indian, Pacific Oceans, and Alediterraucan. Clio Linne 1767. Clio, a daughter of (Jeeanus. Shell p\ ramidal, compressed at the sides, and ridged lengthwise, or spinous; mouth wide, angular. Ly[''e — L7D pyramidata Linne 1767. Animal triangular, ending in a long spilke. Jeffreys, referring to tins genus, quotes from Shakespeare — “Brighter than glass, and }‘ct, as glass is, brittle.” Me further adds that Clio IS perhaps the only phosphorescent kind of Pieropod. C. pyramidata Linne 1767. PL I, fig. 18. ^'4’he Pyramidal Clio.” Triangular, convex in front, slightly concave on the back, abruptly sloping to a fine point, extremely thin and fragile, quite transparent, and lustrous; clear white; lengtliAvise ridges, live, in front, symmetricaL the outermost and largest, the central one Intermediate in vsize between those and the other tAvo; one ridge also at the back; dead shells exhibit numerous transverse and llexLious striae, especially on the -back; nucleus spearhead or sharply ovate, separated by a very narrow' line from the rest of the shell, mouth arched in the middle and sloping Avith a gentle curve to each side. Length 15, breadth 13.5 mm. Cape Jaffa, and 35 miles S.W. to Xeptune Islands, 90-300 fathoms. Alsc 80 miles W. of Kucla, 80 fathoms. This species is reported as S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. ^onth JtL^trdluw Shdls. May, 1933 . lossil at. man\‘ stations, including tlic older and newer Pliocene near Messina, and so far apart as Trontheini and Havannah. Observers have rej’ortod that a living specinieiij on being put into l:esh water, ejected a bluish liquid, with a strong smell of var- nish. It is a beautiful triangular shell of the thinnest crystal. Localities — Cosmopolitan. C. balantium Rang 1834 (Cleodora). Triangular oblong, glassy; posterior inflexed above; transversely sulcatcd above and below; inflated in the middle, sides compressed; dorsum with three longitudinal ribs which cunv^erge posteriorly; aperture ov- ately transverse, narrowing to the sides. Length 28, breadth 16 mm. Dredged — Bcachport, Cape Jaffa, S. Aust., also Western Australia, 120 miles west of Euda, 110-500 fathoms. Localities — Atlantic Ocean. Indian Ocean, southern portion, and off N. Ciuinea. Styliola Lesueur 1825. Conicalj straight, considerably elon- gated; surface smooth, with a dorsal groove not parallel to the iixis of the shell, but slightly oblique, turning from left to right, with only the anterior extremity (which ends in a rostrum) in the median line; embi'yonic j'lortion onK' vaguely separated from rest of shell, and ending in a pointed apex. Type— S. recta Les- iieur ( = Clio subiila i^ang). Many conchologists have regarded Creseis I'lang l'^28, as a synonym. d’lus opinion is based on a misinterpretation of the t)']“>ical species, Styliola recta Lcsueui'. (without description) which has been taken by these autlnirs for Clio acicida. 'But the description given of the genus Styliola enables one to infer tliat Styliola recta is really Clio siibida and not Clio acicida. Structural features show S/yli- ola more nearly related to Clio tlian to Creseis. On the con- trary, forms included in the latter genus have retained some more archaic characters of the Limacuudae (Pclseneer). S. subula Rang (Cleodora) . PL I, bg- 19. “d'he I'aper- ing Styliola.'' C'onical, much elongated, (Tliquely truncated an- teriorly, and terminated posteriorly by a slightly swollen point; very line transverse striations all over; dorsal surface with a small groove from the anterior edge obliquely t<) near the sum- mit; mouth rounded, oblique to tlie axis of the slicll, irregular and sharp at the edge; upper Up, which is produced beyond the lower, terminates on the middle line in a point, mure or less projecting, funning sometimes a kind of beak which is only the prolongation of the dorsal groove. Length 10, breadth 1.5 mm. jOredged — Cape Borda, -Neptune Islands, Cape Jaffa, also 80 miles west of Eucla 62-300 fathoms. Localities — Apparently common in every ocean. S.A. NAT., VOT.. XlV. May, 1933 . I^y Bernard C. Cofion and F. K. God f try. 95 SPIRATELLIDAE. \ cry delicate. siibulolMjse, spiral, sinistra!, small, translucent, with slieln tellowish colourinir when tenanted; operculum spiral, very delicate, glassy, transparent. Animal twisted like the shell and wholly retractile, with a tlorsal ]’>a!!ial cavity, and a ventral columellar muscle; a long extensile aypendage on the right side of tlie niantlc margin and somewhat ventrally; posterior lobe of foot, which bears the operculum, is hollotved out on the middle of its free margin; fins toward their distal extremity beset with muscular fibres. Spiratella Blainvilic 1817. Umbilicate, with left-handed spiral turns gradtially increasing; smooth or striated; mouth rather large; columella not prolonged into a rostrum; operculum semilunar, with a right-handed spiral of few whorls, lype— Clio helicina Phipps. Animal with an indistinctly defined head, which is only marked externally by the lips on the border of the mouth and by the tentacles; fins elongated, enlarged, trun- cated. S. inflata d'Orbigny 1836 {Atlanta) (— Spirialis rostralis Ihdoux & Souleyet 1840). PI. fig- 20. Subdiscoldal, very thin, trans|-arent, smooth, umbilicate; spire sinistral, depressed, not raised above the last whorl; whorls three, convex; mouth heart-shaped; peristome acutCj produced anteriorly to a long slightly curved beak; operculum ovate, glassy, paucispiral. Creat- est diam. 1.5 mm. Dredged — Neptune Islands, Cape Borda, 62- 104 fatlioms. Also Western Australia — 80 miles west of F.ucla, 80 fathoms. Distribution — All warm seas. (Atlantic, 42°\. to 40'S). S. bulimoides d'Orbigny 1836 {Atlanta). Oblong, very thin, transparent, snuioth; spire elongated, sinistral, apex sub- acute; whorls six, convex; mouth ovate, angulated anteriorly; columella somewhat arcuate; outer lip thin, sharp; inner llg and sutures often pinkish; operculum ovate, glassy, paucispiral. ilcight 2, diam. 1 mm. Recorded from South Australia (Verco Af.S.) In all warm seas, but not so common as S, injiata d’Or- bigny. TETHYIDAE ( == Aplysihhir). “Sea Hares." Shell thin, horny, nearly or entirely covered by the mantle shield-shaped, in the form of a c(;ncave plate, sometimes absent. Distribution — almost world wide, tropical and temperate, in shallow coastal water. Fossil — Tcirtiary (doubtful). Animal slug-like, not pro- tected by a shell, semioval when at rest, but capable of consider- able extension, of a fleshy substance, neck and head narrower than 96 South Jusfrnlian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOI.. XIV May, 19.1^. hix\\\ iiinuih a vc'vtical fissure \x\th lar.uc ami strom; jaws; ami'l l. ir angles (;l liead produced in two lentacul;ir lobes folded abo\'c; hinder or true pair of tentacles seinilubular, not unlike t!ie cars of a hare; e}'cs small, sessile. In front of the hinder or true tentacles; foot ]are:c, attached to the body throughout its whole length; it expands on each side, so as to form tw(j lobes, whicli ij'.tcrlcikl over the back and are used for swimming; eills in a catut}" towards the posterior part of the back, and protected by the mantle; stomach armed with cartilaginous no.lules; vent p]aci:d behind the gill. Kach individual has the sexes contbined; the organs of generation are separated and situated at the opposite extremities of the body. Rather large animals of flabby con- tisTcncy. remarkable lor the four large ear-like tentacles and iiigh b:ick which lune earned for them the name of sea-hares. At the hinder pan of tlie back two flaps of the mantle partly con- ceal a thin horny shell which serves as a I'rotccrion to the gills ami vita' organs beneath, d'heir colours in life arc often bright and vaiicgated. Being without shelly armour, they appear to l)c largely dejumdent upon imitative colouring for protection rmd so closely resemble shoots ol w^ecds that it is ciiflicnlt to c. i'tingiiish them. \\ hen molested they discharge a lari^e quan- tity of violet or pur]>lc fluid from the edge of the Interitai sur- fa.ee (tf the ntantie, which does not injure the skin, although tlic ancients iliought diilcrenily; ilicy also exj'el a milky fluid wfliicii It- nauseous. They not only crawl, but swim actively bv means of the suumming lobes. Sea-hares live chiefly on tnarlne plants also on oilier Molliisca as ^\■el] as small Crustacea and Annelids. '] hey are, like rabbits, salacious and prolific. Spawn cases gel- atinous, of a piiikisii hue, thread-like, and irregularly com'olutcd ; ova wdtitc and ver\' numerous, l\'lng !n the middle. Tethys 1 finne 17.SS (— Aplysia Linne 1767 and of subsequent authors: = Laplysia Linne 176/: = Stiphonoivs A. Adams and Reeve 1848). 4V*rh\ s. a marine goddess, w^ife of Oceaniis, mother ol the ri\'cr-gods and sea-inunphs ; the sea (personified). ''Sea Hare.'' Shell oblong, very tliin, membranous, with a ililn calcareous Inner la\’cr, nearly as large as the mantle, con- ctu'e; posterior sinus coucavc; embryonic shell small, pointed, recurved. Type — T. Irporina Jdnnc, T. norfolkensis Sow'erh)' 1866 {Aplysia). PI. 1, fig. 21. Shell horny, brow'n, arched, vcntricose, (ibliquely siibovatc, thin, smooth; apex elevated, round, auriculated at the back; upper margin sloj'icd, excavated; outer lip rather convex; lower margin rounded; dorsal margin arched, rounded, thinly reflected near the apex, obliquely inedned tow'ards the lower end. Length 19, dlam. 16 mm. MacDonnell Bay under stones at low-tide during January spawning (Cotton). Type locality — Sydney Harbour. 97 S.A. NAT., VX)L. XIV. -May, 1v.'3. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey, Thi^ species has not been found, as the name falsely implies, at Norfolk Island (Hedley). The auricle produced by the reflected dorsal margin is more expanded in 7'. concava {Aplysia) than in tins similarly shaped but differently coloured shell (Sowerby). Anitr.al about 40 mm. long, brown as the kelp-weed, spotted with scattered W'hite dots, and edged with black along the mar- gins rtf the lobes and on the tentacles: parapodial lobes sfiort. united behind, with digitate margin, free from the siplion; crown of shell protruded through an opening In the centre of the mantle; on h.Ind right side the mantle is produced into a large orifice enclosed by upstanding lobes; from the shell the mantle is ra\ed with brown and white; branchiae in life entireh' concealed; tail rather long. I’he animal kept in confinement did not use its lobes for swimming, and emitted purple uhen annoyed, r'he exposure of the shell and production of mantle in a tube connects this witli the European T. depUans Linnc. and conscouciul) places it In the typical section of Tethys as restricted bv Pil.s- bry. Probably A. briinnea Hutton, A. tryoni Meinertx., and others will be reduced to the synontmi of T. norjolkensis when they are carefull)' re-examined (Hedley). UMBRACULIDAE (= UmhreUidae). Shell external, limpet-like; \'ertex near the centre: nucleus minute, slnistral; interior with a circular closed muscle-impression. Distribution — World-wide, tropical and sub- tropical. laminarian zone and deeper. Fossil — Eocene. Animal having the foot very flesh}% large, oval, with a deep anterior sinus in which the mouth-parts are situated; gill a long adnate plume, extending across the front and along the right side, free and biplnnate behind. Both sexes are combined In the one individual. Plant feeders. Umbraculum Schumacher 1817 (—Umbrella Lamarck 1819; — UrnheUa d’Orbieny 1841: = Operculatinn H. S; C. Adams 1854. Umbraculum, a parasol. “Chinese Umbrella-shell.’" Limpet-like, depressed, sinistral; vertex to the left of and somc- \^.'hat behind the centre, usually coloured,, more Ic.ss conically elevated; apex of scarcely more than one whorl, mluiiie. curved backward. Type — Patella umbraculum Sohander 1786 Patella umbella Martyn 1788, which occurs from East Africa to the Sandwich Islands. U. corticalis Tate 1887. PI. 1, fig. 22. Orbicular, mod- erately ele\'ated, thin; primrose yeiiow; concentrically striated, and with a few obscure radial ridges; covered, except apex, with a well developed periostracum, which extends about half as far again as the shell, and raised Into about twenty broad rays, di- pi.onjpi iaso[[3iuB[ X[[Hai.nii30uoo si put? *\mdu uioaj Suifl.mA 98 South .lustraliau Slit’lls. S.A. NAT., \»L May, XIV. 193 :^. but encircled with a band of maroon, corresponding^ with the edge of the shell; periostracum very tough, and can he readily rernoved in one piece; apex prominent, somewhat Incuived. a little cxceiuric. Height 4, transverse diameters 19 and mm. Specimen illustrated. Height 5, diameters 30 and 26 mm. llaiher rare — Henley Ikacln Corne\- Point, Coobowic, St. Francis Is- land. also dredged Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms. Type locality — Lower end of the South Channel of Port Pliillip, 7-16 fathoms, sand and weed (J. B. Wilson]). Animal deep port-wine colour, foot circular with an extended margin, underside of mantle cov- ered with small white carunculae (small pieces of flesh). SCYLLAEIDAE. Animal ccimpressed ; mantle produced into lateral lobes, v.’liich bear the branchial processes; tentacles with sheaths; mouth armed with corneous jaws. Distribution — South Britain, Medi- terranean, l^hilippines. Australia, on floating seaweed. Scyllaea Linne 1758. Sc\llaea = a sea n^unph. Animal elongated, compressed; foot long, narrow, and channelled, adapted for clasping seaweed; back with two pairs of wing-llke lateral lobes, bearing small tufted bi'anchiae on their inner surfaces; tentacles dorsal, sicndei^ with lamcllated tips, retractile into longr sheaths; givczard armed with horny knife plates; orifices on the right side. d\ pe — S. pelai{u'a lunne 1758. S. pelagica. Linne 1758. 1^1. 2. figs. 10, 11. "'Fhe Pelagic Scyllaea.' Body higher than broad. cream- coloured, transparent; tentacles rather small, laminated, issuing from large, compressed, trumpet shaped sheaths, 1 rilled posteriorly; branchial processes consisting of two lobes on eacli side of the back (which arc laree, flattened, and rather irregularly shaped, each bearing tufts of branchial fila- ments over their inner surface) and of a central j''Ostcrior. crest shaped lobe (also bcarintr filaments) towards the tail; foot linear, the sides thin and capable of being drawn together for clasp- ing. ‘South Australian large specimen, length 42 mm, length of lobes 16 mm. Height of be)d}’ 21 mm., making a total lieight oi 37 mm. Antechamber Bay (Kangaroo Island). 20 fathoms; I'ort \\ illunga beach, also d'erre d’Edels. W'.A. (Peron). A world-wide }'»clagic species, on floating seaweed. It is singular among Sca-slugs in ha\ing its stomach fitted with plates of diitin to break down it food. Somewhat variable. The main differences are in the length of the dorsal lobes and the color- ation, the former ieature depending largely upon the degree of contraction, and the latter, no doubt, upon the colour of the seaweed u]’> on w'hich the animal lived. •s.A. VOT-. :x^\^ May, 1933 . By Brnuird ('. Colton and t. k. ('todirry. 99 AEOLIDIDAE (= EoUcHdae.) Animal elon.uatcd. sliig-likc; rhlnophorcs non-retractile; dor- sal papillae spindle-shaped or club-sha|'ed, each ending in an o]''cn sac of endodermic origin which communicates with the hepatic caecum and contains nematocysts; anus lateral; mouth armed ^Adth horny jaws. Distribution — Ail seas. Eolidina. Quatrefages 1843 (= AeoJitliella Bergh 1874). Animal ovate or linear; head with very long cylindrical buccal tentacles; rhinophorea simple; dorsal papillae compressed; an- terior angles of foot prominent; orifices of generative system and vent on right side; sali\’ary glands very large. Type — A. som- Leuckart. E. faustina. Bergh 1%(). Papillae covering nearly the whole of the dorsal surface; anteriorly their arrangement produces two rjorseshbe shaped figures; behind these four there are about ten somewhat oblique rows, each row with about six to eight papillae: they are cylindro-conic and close together; anal papillae behind the sixth row; colour dirty light-yellowish. Length 13, breadth 3.5 mm. I'asmania. Xot recorded from Sfjuth Australia so far, but the description is given here so that this, or allied species of the famil}' may be recognised in the event of their being found. PLEUROPHYLLIDIADAE. Animal r)blonu, depressed, flesl]}-; mantle, somewhat cori- aceous. covering upper part of body and notched in front; head short, broad, forming a triangular lobe in front of the mantle, mostly with plaited lips and strong horny jaws; tentacles two very small, conical or club shaded, close together, retractile, each in a socket witliin the pallia! notch: foot elongated, somewhat narrower than the mantle, slightly indented in front and abruptly pointed behind; gills placed under the edges of the mantle on the hinder two-thirds of the body, and arrang(;d in an (.>blique row of very numcroirs leaflets or laminae on each side; vent lateral, posterior; generative organs on same side, but near the front. Distribution — ^.-Ml seas. PleurophylHdia Meckel (~ Diphyllidia Cuvier: JAngu- ^Ua Blainville: — Armip.a Rafinesque). The genus name refers to the leaf-like gills on the sides. Animal oblong, fleshy; body depressed, mantle large, expanded, smooth, simple above: gills limited to the hinder two-thirds of the body; head partially con- cealed by the mantle with minute tentacles and a lobe-like veil formed by the expanded tentacles. dAq’ie — P. lineaUi Otto. P. cygnea. Bergh 1876. PL 1, fig. 19, PI. 4, tigs. 1-10, and PI. 2, figs. 8, 9. ‘‘d'he Swan River PleurophylHdia/’ Animal elon- gate, oblong; sides nearly parallel, terminating in a blunt point 00 South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV May, 1933 . posteriorly ; dorsal surface flat sloping towards the posterior extremity; mantle ^nothaeum) fairly ample^ sliglu ly waved alone the edge, and extending front behind the rhinophores; ornamented longitudinally, with" a series of roLighI}- parallel, black and yellowish, undulating ridges, the medial of which extending throughout the whole length, the lat- eral passing out at the sides, bordered with yellow; the lobe-IIke veil is colourless, edged with yellow, and with a few yellotr spots in its centre; foot dilated laterally in front, tapering behind; ilie edge waved and extending to beyond the sides of body; it is flat, grooved longitudinally along the centre posteriorly,’ and does not project appreciably behind the mantle; rhinophores longitudinally laminate, pink, contractile; branchiae pink, on the under sicle of the lateral projection of the mantle: mouth pro- minent: genital orifice and anus prominent on the right side, the latter 19 mm. beliind the former; entire under surface a uniform^ light crimson. Length 82, breadth 34 mm. Antechamber Bay (Kangaroo Island). 20 fathoms; Gulf St. Vincent. Also Swan River W'.A. Rare, and appears not to inhabit the beach ^one. (Type locality — Swan River, \'\'estern Australia). Basedow and Hedley state that their specimen was kept alive for several davs in a glass of sea-water, and it was still alive when transferred to the preservative; it has retained its colour remarkably well In a weak solution (3 per cent.) of formalin. ARGIDAE (:= Dorkrulae). Ammai (d variable form, general!)- depressed; mantle ovak cuvenng the head and greater part of bod\-; buccal tentacles III aeveioped; branchiae veneralh' retractile, on the posterior or mcdio-postcrior part of the back, usually forming a circle round the anus: skin strengthened with spicules, more or less definitely arranged. DIstribig:Ion — All seas. Archidoris. Bergh 1878. Animal elllpticai, of soft consis- tency, plump, slighti)' depressed; back more or less granular or tuberculate, the opening for the rhinophores simple; tentacles r.hort, tlfick folds at the sides of the small head, wj.th an externaf furrow; the retractile gill composed of a few-tri- or quadri-pinnate leaves; toot broad, with a furrow at the anterior margin* the labial disc mcreh' clothed by a simple cuticle. T\-pe — Rons tu~ berculata Alder k. blancock. (= Archidoris britannica Johnston 1S38 [Kuropc|). Iflie genus is probably cosmopolitan, but most abundant in temperate seas. A. varia. Abraham 1877 (Doris) (— Doris variabilis Anga? 1864, preoccupied b\' Kelaart 1859; = D. praetenera Abraham 1877). PI. 2, fig. 6, 7, and pi. 4, figs. 11-13. Animal elliptical, de^ pressed, with varied coloration; a beautiful shade of orange, in 101 ?.A. XAT.j VOL. MV. AIva', 1933. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godjrry. part dappled witli brown, and almost a pale yellowish-grey; branchiae large, branching, spread, slaty grey; dorsal tentacles somewhat dub-like, slaty-grey; labial tentacles ratlier prominent, i.ength 44. breadth 12.5 mm. At low water. Port Noarlumra; dredged Cnilf St. \ incent, Spencer Gulf, Port River, 4-20 fathoms. ('.Pype localit)- — Port Jackson). With South Australian examples' it is noted that tlie skin is soft, and. in preserved specimens, has a flabby appearance. In dead examples the rugosities of the back sometimes appear. 4'hc rhinophora arise from elevated con- ical sheaths, and are ornamented with about 24 lamellae. Oral tentacles, with a deep longitudinal groove on the exterior side. Branchial plumes five, tripinnatc. Colour ranges from pale yellowish (Gulf St. A inceni) to dark reddish-brown (Port Ade- laide River), The wrinkles on the back are outlined and exag- gerated by a mesh-work of dark lines. The sole of the foot is white, edged with rich orange, and through the thin skin the liver is visible. Along the edge of the mantle muscle-fibres are discernible as short, white, radiating lines. 'Phis species is as abundant in South Australian waters as in Sydney Harbour. A. staminea Basedow Hcdley 1905. PI. 2, figt. 4. 5. Staminea = full of threads. (From tlie dark vein-like threads with \vhich the animal is marked.) Animal irrcLr- ularl}^ elliptical, very slighty narrower posteriorly, convex; cloak ample, frilled along the border; uniform yellow tint; roughened by very numerous small tubercular elevations and depressions, which cover the skin as separate, stellate, or radiate groups of notches; the underside of the mantle, of a similar yellow colour, marked wkh vcin-Iike threadlets. multiply dividing and branching towards the outer edge; foot roiyided anteriorly, sides almost parallel, terminating in a blunt point, slightly channelled, colour yellow, darkened in the centre by the appearance of the livei through the skin; dorsal tentacles clavate, situated rather far anteriorly; oral tentacles linear, prominent; eyes visible in small examples as little black specks behind the rhinophores. Length 32, breadth 19 mm. (Type locality — 20 fathoms. Backstairs Passage, South Australia). Staurodoris; Bergh 1878. Animal rather depressed, tuber- cular above; rhinophora also branchiae retractile within rounded ]X3ckets; l.abiaJ disc simple, without armature. Type — Doris ’Z't'rrucosa Cuvier. S. pustulata. Abraham 1877 (Doris). PI. 2, fig. .5. Animal elliptical, moderately convex; mantle ample with a slight t\'aved margin; greenish-grey ground colour, covered witli numerous opaque, yellow, warty tubercles of various sizes, stand- ing out prominently from the darker background like golden beads; 102 South Jiisfyalicni Shrlls. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. May. 1933 . foot tai'ers postenorly to a blunt point, well within the mantie niartrin, colour of entire under surface, light Ifesh-red; rhino- phores completely retractile within cavities, the opening's to which are surrounded with a circlet of nodulations; branchial plumes, seven, iripinnate, of a deeper shade of grey. Length 20. breadth H mm. Ctulf St. Vincent, also dredged in 20 fathoms. Back- stairs Passage. 1 ype locality — Australia. Alloiodoris. Bergh PW. Animal depressed, the back en- tirely covered with small tubercles; tentacles digitiform. Type — ./. mannorata Bergh 1904-. The hermaphrodite gland does not form a laver over the liver as usual in the family, but is a sep- arate mass. A. marmorata. Bergh 190d. i^h 2. fig. 1 and 2. Animal elliptic, symetrically rounded at both ends, m()d- eratcly convex: }-cIlowish-white to greyish-brown, covered with minute spiculose elevations on the dorsal surface, which im].ait tu it the brownish tint; also, with less numerous, larger elevat- ions. surrounded b\' irregular circles of deep blown the lattei occasionally have a centre of opaque while, surrounded by a ring o; reddish-brown; the whole giving the impression of miniature craters; ventral surface translucent, white, irregulaily spiinkled over with asymmetrical brown s]'>ots, either isolated or arranged ill small groups; mantle broader than the foot, tvith a slightly undulating margin, fairly thin along the border, so that the colour markings of the dorsal surface are visible fiom the undei side: foot while, with few scattered spots of brown; rhinophores mul 'branchiae brown, the latter seven or eight in number. Length 22 V breadth 10 mm. Dredged — Port River, 4 fathoms (Field Xaimni Dec. 1901); at low water on rocks, covered with seaweed, F.dithburgh. r • i r Halgerda. Bergh 1880. Animal subdepressed, subridged, smooth above; branchial aperture ovate; branchiae sparsely tii- I-innate; tentacles none: foot narrow; no labial armature, iyye — II. fonnosa Bergh. - , • x tit i r H. ‘ a fine network of (q'taque white lines: ventral- ]y unllorm pale \'ioIct; mantle serrated along the sides, produced inmtalK'; head large, distinct; foot acutely ptoiined. with a border frill; rhinophores small, clavate. laminate, with about 12 laminae, non-retractilc ; genitalia large, at about the anterior fifth; branchial plumes ten. simph' junnate. completely surround- ing tlie vent, ncn-retractile. opaque white. Length 27, breadth 1 1, height 9 mm. (Type locality — 20 fathoms, ^Antechamber Bay, Kangaroo Island, S. Aust.) Basedow Sc Hcdley remark: “With considerable hesitation wc have referred this species to Aioama (a synonym (jf Aethodoris). The general appearance, branchiae, and serrate edge of mantle suggest this venus. Coliingwood des- cribes a frontal veil in the type species; this was not observed in the living animal (from Antechamber Bay).'’ Ceratosoma Adams Reeve 1848, Animal clomrate. pris- matic, smooth, ending in a blunth' pointed tail; the dorsal surface passes into a post-branchial flesh ptroiuberancc; mantle obsolete; tentacles club-shaped, non-retractile, without sheaths; rhinophores laminated; branchiae with the roots more or less coherent, placed .a front of and partially around the tubular anus, with which they [ 'f! \ > V- a PLATE 11. Fig 1. — Alloiodoris mar moraia Bergh. Dorsal view. Fig. 2. — Alloiodoris marmorata Bergh. Ventral view. Fig. 3. — Staurodoris pustxdata Abraham. Dorsal view. Fig. 4. — Archidoris stamhiea Basedow & Hedley, Dorsal view. Fig. 5. — Archidoris staniinea Basedow & Hedley. Ventral view. Fig. 6. — Archidoris varia Abraham. Dorsal view. Fig. 7. — Archidoris varia Abraham. Ventral view. Fig. 8. — Pleurophyllidia cygnea Bergh. Dorsal view. Yig, 9. — Pleurophyllidia cygnea Bergh. Ventral view. Fig. 10. — Scyllaea pelagica Linne. Lobes contracted. Fig. 11..' — Scyllaea pelagica Linne. Lobes expanded. Fig. 12. — Halgerda graphica Basedow & Hedley. Dorsal view. Fig. 13. — Halgerda graphica Basedow & Hedley, Ventral view. Fig. 14. — Hypselodoris epicuria Basedow & Hedley. Dorsal view. PLATE II 14 (L Uascdow dek PLATE 111. Fig. 1. — Nembrotha verconis Basedow & Hedley. Lateral view. Fig. 2. — Nembrotha verconis Basedow & Hedley. Ventral view. Fig. 3. — Ceratosoma brevicaudatum ^braham. Dorsal view, deep water form. Fig. 4. — Ceratosoma brevicaudatum. Abraham. Lateral view, deep water form. Fig. 5. — Ceratosoma brevicaudatum Abraham. Lateral view, shallow-water form. Fig. 6. — Aethodoris verconis Basedow & Hedley. Ventral view. Fig. 7. — Aethodoris verconis Basedow & Hedley. Dorsal view. Fig. 8. — Doriopsis aurea Quoy & Gaimard. Dorsal view. Fig. 9. — Ceratosoma adelaidae Basedow & Hedley. Dorsal view. Fig. 10. — Ceratosoma adelaidae Basedow & Hedley. Dorsal view (greater enlargement). Fig. 11. — Doriopsis carneola Angas Dorsal view. Fig. 12. — Doriopsis carneola Angas. Ventral view. PLATE III. I H. BiMdow d«t. i I ■ ??■ <5.A NAT., VOL. XIV. Ma V, 1933. By Berjiard C. Cotton and F. K. Godtrry. 105 are retractile into a common, smoothly margined cavity. Type — (7. C' '>'iiv^^Tinu Adams Sc Reeve. Adams adds: In Qcvutosoviu the tentacles are bulbous at theii' bases, the body is smooth, and tre foot is linear and grooved .... 1 he proboscidiform mouth is frcquentlv cxserted in these animals just before death The animals, which somewliat resemble Polycerae are inhabitants of tr-.-’pical seas, where they are found crawling on the corallines and madrepores.’’ Abraham adds, Ann. ^lag. Xat. Hist, 1876: “M-ajth subterminal, with a small deep pit at each side; pedal surdme long and linear, extending to end of tail, without free border, but with the edges contractile across the median groove; radula broad, with numerous rows of simple spines, none of which are central; a spinous buccal collar." Adams & Reeve described the dorsal tentacles as non-retractile, but corrected in Alder Sc Hancock’s Synopsis. They are certainly retractile in the four species represented in the British Museum collection. C. brevlcaudatum. Abraham 1876 (= C. oblouguvi Abra- ham 1892). PI. 3, figs. 3, 4, 5, and Pi. 4, fig. 14. Animal large, elongate, dorsally flat, rounded in front, sides nearly paral- lel except along a slight lateral enlargement in the centre, and tapering to an obtuse point behind; sides much elevated, especi- ally in the region of the vent; cloak obsolete, subquadrangular, with an undulate margin, and ending posteriorly in a peculiar mpple-like protuberance; shaded with tints of buff to light brown, deeper colour at border and fading inwards, leaving along the margin of the dorsal surfacc^^a series of alternate light and dark patches, there be'igg in the centre of the former in each case a round, violet-purple” spot surrounded by a uniform ring of reddish- purple: the central area of this surface is richly sprinkled with circular spots of varying size, of a light violet-purple colour, with a darker border, and sometimes surrounded b)' a rim of light lemon: the post-branchial flesh protuberance ^‘is decorated by a series of brown circles, placed contiguously so as to produce a regular network with meshes of different dimensions; the sides are somewhat similarly marked to the cloak, being lightly tinted and richly sprinkled with three irregular, longitudinal rows of spots, the two outer rows of rich purple, the inner of a lighter violet-purple; the median row does not extend to beyond the length of the cloak, and thus leaves the dorsal portion of the tail marked with deep purple spots only; foot linear, tapering posteriorly to a blunt point, white dorsal tentacles clav^te, obliquely laminated, the number of laminae varying from sixteen tc thirty or more, rich orange; sheaths slightly elevated; oral ten- tacles stout, subconical, tapering; genital aperture prominent, branchial plumes twelve; intergrown at the base, incompletely 106 South JustraUan Shells. S.A. XAT., VOL. XIV May, 1931 suiToundiiig the tubular anus in horseshoe shape, the posterior portion being bare, they arc retractile ^vith the anus into a common cavity, colour rich reddish-yellow. Length 111, breadth 2S, height 31 mm. At low water, Port Noarlunga, and Salt Creek Bay (Yorke Peninsula). Dredged Cmlf St. Vincent, and Antechamber Bay (Kangaroo Island), 20 fathoms. Also West- ern Australia. Appears fairly plentiful in Gulf St. Vincent, 'i'hougli spccirically identical, the littoral sj ecimens are nowhere nearly as large as the deep water forms. (Type localitt — Aus- tralia). The difference between C. hrevicmidatum and C. ob- longnm appears to be merely a matter of preservation, as from the same dredging some individuals shrunk to the shape of ob- longiim and others assumed in contraction the form of brevicaud- atu m. C. adelaidae. Basedow & Hcdley 1905. PI. 3, figs. 9, 10, Animal small, ilaltcncd on top, elongate, a little wider at the head, terminating in a small tall; mantle sparingly developed; foot rounded in front, altenuatcd behii'id, pro- jecting to no considerable extent beyond the mantle; white underneath, scantily spotted with light lilac along the sides; dorsal surface mostly pale buff, bordered on either side by about eight somewhat regularly spaced deep reddish-violet spots, which are surrounded each by a whitish space, the interspaces between these spots being of a sonieM-hat deeper shade of brown than the rest; dorsal tentacles club shaped, orange-red, obliquely laminated; branchial plumes coherent at their base, about six, non-retractile, of the same tint as the rhinophorcs. Length 8, breadth 3 mm. ■\t low water, Marino Rocks, South Australia (type locality) also Edithburgh. Appears to li\'e on the under side of rocks covered by seaweed, and partially buried in soft mud. DORIOPSIDAE (= Doridopsidae). rile members of this family simulate the true Dovldida^y but mav be recognised by the poriform mouth and the very small adherent oral tentacles. The form is mostly plump, not elongated, the dorsal surface smooth or tuberculate. Mamie edge rather broad, wavy, covering the head and sometimes tlie tail. Pockets of the rhinophorcs mostly with a smooth margin, the rhinophorcs completclv retractile, usualh' with twenty-five or thirty-five lam- ellae. Branchiae arranged in a circle round tlie anus, situated on the dorsal surface above the mantle border, their num- ber varying from four to eight tri- or quadri-pinnate. Jaw and radula arc wanting, the pharynx being suctorial. Genital pore on the right anterior side. Distribution — Alosib tiopical and subtropical, d'he absence of a radula justified family rank. Doriopsis. Pease I860 (= Doridopsis Alder & Hancock 107 S.A. NAT., VOI-. XIV. May, 193.5. By Brniard C. Cotton and I . h. Godirry. 1864: = Ifausicllodoris Pease 1871: — Rhacodoris Morch 1863: llexahranchus Cray, not of Ehrenberg: z=z Dendrodoris Ehr- enberg). External characters very similar to Doris, but of softer consistency and with an undulating mantle edge; mouth, a fine pore; buccal gland at imsterior end of ['haryngcal bulb in front of the salivary glands, 1 ype — Doris Umbata Cuvier. The spawn is ribbon shaped. D. aurea. Qiioy & Caimard 1832 {Doris), PI. 3. fig. 8, Animal oval, convex, smooth; golden-yellow spotted with Avhite; tentacles laminated. Length IS, breadth 6 mm. Orontes Shoal (Yorke I^eninsula), S4 fathoms; American River (Kangaroo Island 9 fathoms, on weed. (Type locality — Jervis Bay, New South Wales, deep water). Quoy 5c Caimard add: “‘This species is oval, the back raised, rounded, smooth; colour a beautiful velvety orange, with some while dots on the upper parts; tentacles fairly long, olive coloured, transversely lamcllatcd; branchiae have five divisions, very finely branched out of the same colour as the body; mouth only just apparent Idle ramifications of the veins are well seen beneath the mantle, which is not usually the case with the Doris group.” Basedow and Hedley remark: “d'he French authors describe their species as o\'cr two inches in length, ours is only 15 mm long and 6 mm. broad. The white dots on the back are more regularly dis- posed in Quoy 5c Caimard’s figure, and the foot in South Aus- tralian specimens is white, whereas, in the figure quoted, it is red.” D. carneola Angas 1864 {Doris). PI. 3, fip. 11, 12, Animal oval. golden-brown, lightly dotted with white (not .conspicuously besprinkled); branchiae large, branch- ing, white. Length 29. breadth 17.5 mm. Marino, from under rocks, at low water. (Type locality — Port Jackson). The col- ouration of one South Australian example was identified with that of the I^ort Jackson type, while another individual from Marino had quite a difierent colour scheme. It was a dirty greyish-white on the back, speckled w'ith silvery-wTite dots, wdiich arc connect- ed b}’ a faint net-work of white lines, the central space in the re- gion of the liver appearing pinkish or brown; ventral surface white. 'Fhe underside of the mantle of both individuals is marked with delicate vein-like multiple branching lines. The mantle is ample, hard, thick, and fortified with numerous calc-spicules. The foot is large, and terminates bluntly. 'Phe rhinophores are clavate, with about ten laminae; situated rather far anteriorly; colour yellow or white. We do not note_ the projecting sheaths of these tentacles, that are apparently represented in Angas’s sketch. Branchial plumes four, tripinnate, light orange or white (Basedow 5c Fledley). 108 South Justrahan Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV M.vv, 1933., POLYCERIDAE. Animal with mantle small or obsolete, generally with margin- al appendages, integument usually spiculose; rhinophores various, often laminated. Alder & Hancock divide the Polyceridae Into two sections according as the rhinophores are retractile or non- retractile. Distribution — All seas. Nembrotha. Bergh 1877. Small, slug-like, smooth, rather raised in central region; without definite dorsal margin between back and sides; bod\' without dorsal and frontal appendages; foot narrow, elongated Into a narrow tail behind, bluntly rounded at front end; rhinophores retractile; branchiae non-retractile. three to five, strong, stout, situated about the centre of the dorsal surface and almost surrounding the anus; oral tentacles small; radula narrow; jaws usually absent; hermaphrodite gland spread over liver. Recorded chiefly from Indo-Pacific region, between tides under stones. T\'pe, designated by O'Donoghue — Nem- brotha ingerrima Bereh. Possibl)- Ne?nbrotha may be only a sy nonym of Angasiella Angas & Crosse 1864. N. Verconis. Basedotv Sc Hedley 1005. PI. 5, figs. 1, 2,. and PL 4, fig. 16 '’A'ercoA Xembrorlia.” Animal large, linear, oblong, swollen in centre, tapering beliind: lemon-yellow, with large disconnected blunt tubercles of deep prussian blue some- what parallel to the dge of the foot; skin delicate, peeling off easily on abrasion, wrinkled; cloak almost cntlrel}' .jvanting; frontal margin (veil) small, deep' prussian blue, of three semi- circular dilations, the two lateral of which arch laterally around the dorsal tentacles on cither side, then gradually fading to nil posterior to them; foot is square in front, dilated outwardly at anterior end, sides slightly frilled, approximately parallel, passing: posteriorly to a bluntish point, colour light sea-blue, with a deep blue border; liver visible as a faint brown patch In the centre; dorsal tentacles sub-clavate, tapering, laminated, about thirty slight!}' opaque laminae, non-retractile, deep prussian blue, with yellow stalk: eyes not visible; genital aperture prominent, at about the anterior fourth, lighter (greenish) blue than the tuber- cles; branchial plumes five, tripinnate, almost completely sur- rounding the anus, dark yellow at base, passing into rich blue along the stems and delicately fringed with small purple tufts. Length 55, breadth 12mm. Dredged — 20 fathoms, off Xewland Head. Backstairs Passage. The indications of the ^:cistence of a cloak are almost entirely wanting, beyond the slight continua- tion of the frontal margin past the dorsal tentacles and the some- what linear arrangement of the tubercles.: This species is clearly separated from co-generic forms by its vivid primrose colour. s.A. x.vr., VOI-. XIV. May, 1933 . Tic Coastal Flora. 109 THE FLORA BETWEEN OUTER HARBOUR AND SELLICK’S BEACH, SOUTH AUSTRALIA (By J. B. Cleland.M.D.) PART HI- (4) The Reedbeds At Fulham 7'hc Reedbeds were formed by ihe waters of the Torrens, obstructed by the coastal sandhills, spreading out laterally over alluvial flats and junctloning b}- more definite channels with the l^ort Rit'er on the north and the Patawalonga on the south. 7'hirty or more t’cars ago they were what tlieir name implies, extensit’e swamps covered with water two to several feet deep, through which grew an abundance of the Common Reed {Phra'^- vihes commums) and of the Bulrush [Typha angustijoHa) . As a result ol the desti uctlon of the natural vegetation of our hills, the creeks llowing into the 7'orrens have been bringing down annually vast rjuantliies of soil in their flood waters. The loss ■of co\'cr in the valleys and on the hillsides has made these water- courses tearing torrents after heavy rain, In contrast to the compararivch' gentle passage of the water in the years before the white man's interference when the fall from even heavy showers was partialh’ held up for a time amongst the spongy ■\’egetation. 7 he finer particles of silt have been carried through Adelaide to be deposited over the swamps at the Reedbeds and the surface of these has been raised in consevjucnce till much of It is now five or six feet higher than a generation ago. hatch in- dividual flood may leave behind only a quarter to several inches of silt but in the course ol a few years this soon mounts to feet. 1 his silting combined with drainage channels has reclaimed nearlv all the swamp and changed the whole face of the area. 7'hnugh the flats are still liable to be flofided at times by break-aways from the rnain channels, hardly any remnants of the original swamps remain and there seems to be no record of the primeval vege- tation. Some excavations on the late Air. Charles Wdfite's pro- perty made by the late Air, \\ illiam M lute a number of \ears j’-ist to the south of where the Henley Beach tram emerges on the seatvard side after crossing over the "swamps, ’ are now lilled^ with water and probably indicate what the Reedbeds -were like in the early days. Surrounding small areas of open water ^'Part 1 appeared in \ ol. XIV., XT 1. XTvember 1932, pp. 45-48; and Part II in Xo. 2, PTbruary 1933, pp. 55 and 56. HO The Coostal Flora. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV May. l9Hv was a dense mass of tall and upriglit Common Reeds and Bul- rushes wliilst the long leaves of Triglochin procera floated on the water. These seem to be almost the only relics left of the native swamp vegetation and even in the reclaimed pasture lands native plants are few in number, the majority of the plants being intro- duced grasses, clovers, medics and weeds. There are a few clumps of the sedge Cyperus vaginafiis on the flats, along the channels Alltruanihera clerJ.iculala grows as their w'aters dr}' up, an occasional plant of Rhagodia nutans with its red fruits may be found on the banks, and the (meat Bindweed Calystegia sepium with its pale pinkish Convolvulus flowers climbs amongst Box- th.orns and other introduced shrubs. As the narrow channel of the Torrens approaches the sand- hills, most of the waters are now deviated southwards by an irregular course to junction with the waters of the Patawalonga, tJiough some still find a route towards the Poit River. The latter direction naturally leads to some silt reaching the navigable portion of this River, so endeavours are made to restrict any flow to the north. Further back towards Adelaide an overflow has been cm leading away floodwaters from the Torrens, at its entrance into Captain White’s property of Weetunga, to the south where these can junction with tidal branches of the Patawalonga and thus obviate flooding. The Torrens at this spot has banks partly artificially raised, which arc 15 feet high, d'he following plants have been noted on the banks of the river and m and along the break-away channel as it passes under the main road and runs along the west side of the Kooyonga Golf Links: — ^The grasses- Paspaliim distichiim, Rolypogon vionspieliensis^ Agrostis alba (?), Calamagrostis filiformis, Phragmites commims (the Common Reed, eaten by cattle when young), flolcus lanatus, and Rice Grass; Polamogeton crispus (Curly Pondweed) in the ^water in the Breakaway Creek; the sedges Cyprrus wtundus (Xut-grass,. a pest evidently brought down from Adelaide by flood waters) and Scirpus inarithmis; the Toad Rush {funcus huionlus), and /. pauciflorus; the Bulrush; Po/ygoninn serniiatum, Allernanthera denUcuIata, W'ater-cress, a Ranvnciihis, Euphorbia peplus (a spurge), Lythrum Nyssopifolia (Lesser Loosx-strife), the intro- duced wh.ite-flowered Convohndus (C. arvensis. a pest washed down from Adelaide b\' flood-waters). Datura^ the intioduccd Antirrhinuvi Oronthnu, Verbena bonariensls and I . supina, Plan- tago major, Aster subulatus , Bathurst B.urr, C.otula corouopijolie and the introduced lid Lettuce. J:fy J. ClrUiuI, MJ). Ill Q.A. XAT., VOr.. May. J933. XIV (5) The Pinery On The East Side Of The Port River Between Alberton And The Grange I'he Pinery consists of a sandy ,slightly_ raised ridge, a con- solidated sand-dune, stretching for several miles close to the east bank of the river. It has a very interesting flora and contains a few plants whicli are rare. It also shows affinities with the malice scrub In having Grevillea Ulcijolia. \i one time this was quite a forest of Native Pines {Callitris propinqtia) with Pepper- mint Gums (Eucalyptus odorata) and some Black Tea-tree (Melaleuca pubescens), Eucalyptus leucoxylon and Sheoaks (Cas- uarina siricla). Much of the timber has been cut out, though a considerable number of Pines still exist and young ones are coming up. d'he land was bought by the Government for soldier settlements but found unsuitable. As part is leased as golf-links, it is to be hoped that this interesting bit of country will be pre- served in future more or less intact. Its interest as a reserve is somewhat offset by the prevalence of mosquitoes. A number of N'ati\'e Peaches (Eucarya acuminata) still grow here though it is doubtful if they form fruit. Most of what appear to be young ones are probably suckers. Other scattered bushes include .Icacia ar-mata, Golden Wattle pycnantha), A. lignlata (heavily galled), Banksia viarginata, Dodonaea snscosa, Myoponim insiiE are and the introduced Nkotiana glauca and OpuMia monocantha. Grevillea ilicifolia is a rather spreading low bush, the flowers t-ery attractive to bees: Muehlenhechia adpressa scrambles up other shrubs; Kunzea pomUera (ffituntry’), bearing an edible fruit tasting somewhat of apples and making a nice jam, is almost prostrate and extensively rooting. Of the grasses, there are Stipa elegantisshna with its beautiful feathery awns and two other species at least of Spear Grasses, one with broad leaves (Stipa sp.), and probably two species of Danthonia, Agropyrum scabrum and the Introduced grasses Ekrharta longiflora and Pentaschisfis airoides, and Fescues and other introduced species. The tall Scirpus nodosus, with flower stalks like drum-sticks, the small elegant tufted annual S. antarcticus, the wiry Cladium junceum and the common Lepidosperma concavum arc scattered representatives of the sedges; the sweet-scented Dichopogan ,\iricius (common), Dianella revolula. Lomandra teucocephala, L. glaiica and Thysanotus represent the Liliaceae; Thomasia petalocalyx is a small showy shrub with almost lilac-coloured flowers; there are two Ilibbertias, //. strict a var. glabriusciila. glabrous, with show}' }-cllow flowers and //. fasciculata var. piibigera, with hoary leaves and rather small flowers, onh' known 112 By /. B. C.lelantJ, M D S.A. NAT., V‘iL. TUV Mav., 1933. in South Australia from this locality. Other plants Cv.'mprise Trkhimum alopccuroidcmn in the Amarantaceae, with lonu “pus- sy-tail” green spikes; a Plmclea, and the Rubiaceous undersijrub Operailaria varla smelling of carbon bisulphide; amon^nst the comi-ositcs an abundance of MiHotw tenuijoUa, almost making carpets with its creainy-white flowers, patches of the yellow ever- lasdng ih'Uchrysum apirulalunu a few plants of Se'necw lautus (with show)' \-oll(jw flowers), the insignificant S. hr achy :Jos sits, Calotis erinacea (\ellow flowers), Podospenna august'd< h:. m and a single shrub of an Olearia, probably O. axillaris; a few bushes of Rhagodia baccata, .Itriplex Alnelleri and Enchylaena to- mentosa { Chenoixidiaceae) ; the introduced double-dcc Emex australis ( Polygonacoae) and on the edge of the area towards Alberton the introduced (jaleniu scciinda (Aizoaceae), a grey pu- bescent spreading licrb tvith a resemblance to Atriplex Muelleri^ hitherto known in this State from Port Oermein to Gladstone; Crassula Sieberiaua and Didiscns piisillus were herbs growing cm sand)^ soil which had been burnt: ahlenhcrgia gracilis had galls modifying man) (jf the flower buds; two inircxiuccd Scrophular- iaceous plants, '/.alusiaitsbia divancat a and })ischisma capitatuM were not uncommon, especially the latter: prostrate or spreading plants tverc represented b\' a few examples of Kennedya prostrata, (,arpobrotiis aequiiatcralis , Calandrinia ;-olnhlfis and Astrolonm bumijusam ; and finally, Loranthus Exorcarpi crew on Eucarxa acii miuata. Seaton Golf Links are partly situated on these consolidated sand-dunes and. though just to the east of the area with which we are dealing, the following plants may be noted as occurring there: — Callitris, Cladium juncemn, Lomandra leucocephala, Rha- gadia baccata, Banksia marginata, GrevUlea dicijolia, W ahlen- bergia gracilis anti Guaphalhim lutt'o-album. On a sandhill near Fulham grow Dianella, Enchylaena tomen- iasa, Rhagodia baccata, Atriplex Miielteri, Trichimum alopecur- oideum^ C. aeqvilateralis, Kennedya prostrata (Scarlet Runner), Acacia pycnantlia, A. longijolia (probably planted), Dodonaea z'iscosa, Vittadinia triloba and Olearia. Banksia marghiaia^ Cap- tain hitc informs me. grew here at one time. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. May. 1933. The Coastal Flora. 113 (6) The Scrub At Hallett’s Cove A generation back, there was an abundant, picturesque, and characteristic scrub on the high land to the south of Hallett’s Cove. Much of this was still present in 1920 and later years, but recent!}- most of it has been cleared for cultivation and only remnants remain, chiefly situated along the fences. The original scrub was probably typical of much of that originally covering the undulating country between Aldinga and Marino. Pepper- mints {Eucalyptus odorata), She-oaks {Casuarina stricta), Tea- trees [Melaleuca pnbesce^is), Qu^ndongs or Native Peaches (Eu~ carya acuminata). Native Cherries (Exocarpiis ciipressiforniis). porum phillyreoides, Native Privet (Biirsaria spinosa), and IvauvHioo Bush (Jcacia armata) were amongst the chief trees and shrubs, underneath which grew many shrubs and annuals. Remnants of all of the above have been noted recently as being still present with the exception of the Native Peach — which may possibly linger still in some corner. Other plants still present include two mistletoes, Loranthus Exocarpi on Casuarina stricta and ti:e Exocarpus, and Loranthus miraculosus var. melaleucae cn the Melaleuca, the Golden Wattle, Olearia ramiilosa, Dodonaea vxscosa, an unidentified shrub not in flower, the scrambling Mueh- lenheckia adpressa and such annuals and herbaceous plants as Bulbine bidbosa, Dichopogoxi strictus, Chamaescilla corymbosa, Goodenia albijlora, Trichinium spathvJatum and Cotiila australis. (7) The Scrub At Seliick's Beach There is a large area, probably a square mile in extent, of lelativeh' untouched scrub parallel with Seliick’s Beach and ex- tending to the low sandhills skirting the strand. It is quite a surprise to walk from the beach up the slope, covered with low and prostrate undershrubs, pass over the crest of low sandhills and then find oneself In quite dense scrub nestling under the protection of this sandy ridge and extending backwards for about lialf-a-mile. The larger trees have been mostly cut for firewood,, occasional fires have caused havoc and grazing animals have produced some injury. Much of interest still however remains. There are one or two fairly prominent rises. The sandy soli does not lend itself to clearing for grazing, and it would be tvel! that no attempt to do so should be made, as the loose sand would most certainly shift and destroy adjacent useful land. The chief trees, of no great height, of small girth and straggling and 114 S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV By J. B. (Uiiand, M,D. M.\y, 1933. ■wind-tossed, arc Pink (nim {Eucalyptvs iasciculosa). Pepper- mnit (/:. odorata) and Shc-oak (Casiiarina stricta). To the east- ward just beyond the sandy soil are a few Red Gums {E. rostra- ta) in better soil probably near water. There is a little grove of Melaleuca pubescens. Native Peach or Edible Quandong {Eu- carya acuminata) still grows here but the small straggly trees do not seem flourishing and there was no evidence of recent fruiting; they were noted growing near both £. jasriadosa and C. siricta and perhaps these were their hosts. Several Bitter Quan- dongs {Eucarya persicaria) were noted; these were in flower in November and stones were numerous under them. A few Native Cher ries {Exocarpus cupressijornm) were seen and one Bursaria "ipinosa. The Grass-tree {X avthorrhoea seviiplana) is not num- erous but flourishes well; leaves were measured half an inch in diameter and the flowering stems were very large and in bloom in October and November. A few stunted Banksia maryhiata still survive. Of taller shrubs, Myoporum hisidare and Leucopoy^on parviflonis grow behind the coastal ridge, the latter up to ten feet high. Golden Wattle {Acacia pycnantha) and Kangaroo Bush {./. arviata) are present but not abundant. Thomasia petalo- calyx, Leptospermiun myrsinoides and Calythrix tetragona are abundant. Bracken Fern {Pteridium aquilinum) is common near the coastal ridge. In one place is a large nearly pure patch of the handsome Dainpiera lanceolata, the young shoots nearly white from their woolly investiture. Grevillea rosmarinilolla here and elsewhere along the coast has broader and less rigid leaves than, for instance, at Encounter Bay. DianeUa re-vohita, Xfuehlenbeckia adpressa, Billardiera cymosa and Goodema amplexans are not common. Rarer are Correa rubra, Isopogon ceralophylhis , ilie two species of Astrolomay Hibbertia siricta and //. virgata (spath- ulate leaves). Of smaller plants, Biirchardia umbellata, Wahlen- hergia gracilis with remarkably large flowers and growing luxur- iantly, Dichopogon strictus, the sedge Lepidosperma carphoides and Erechtiies are to be found. Kun%ea poniijera, with edible fruits, creeps on the ground. Amongst quite small plants are the Carrot-P'ern {Cheilanthes te7iuifolia) , the leaves of tlie orchid Lyperanthus nigricans (flowering only when the country has been burnt), Centrolepis sirigosd, Calandrinia pygmaea (red leaves, black fruit). C. •volubilis, C. calyptrata, Poranthera mic- rophylla, Crassula Sieberiana, Didiscus pusUlus and Millotia ten- uifolia. Idle grasses comprise more particularly several species of Slipa (Spear Grass), Dichelachne sciurea and Neurachve alop- ecuroides (f). Thr Coastal flora. 115 ■S.A. NAT., VOL. May. 1933 . XIV. The Following is a list of plants recognised in this area: — Pteridiuvi aquilinuni, Cheilanthes tenuifolia, a slender species of Stipa. S. elatior (?) (with broad leaves and villous nodes), jyickelackne snurcaj Neurachne dopecuroides (?), Cy penis ten- dlus, Scirpus nodosus, Cladium juncetim, Lepidospervia concavum, L, carphoidcs, Centrolepis strigosa, Burchardia uinbeUata,^ ddiy- sanotns Palersoniiy Dichopogon strictus, Xanthorrhoea seviiplana, Casnarina slncta. Isopogon ceratophylhis, Eucarya acuminata, E. Murrayana. Exocarpus cupressiiormis, Muehlenheckia ad- pressa, Rhagodui haccaia, Enchylaena tomentosa, Calandriiiia pygmaea, C, volubilis, C. calyptrata, Cletnatis micropliylla. Gassy- tiia pubescens, Crassula Sieherlana. Billardiera cyniosa, Bnrsaria spinosa, Acacia armala, A. spinescens^ A. Hgulataj .1. pycnantha, Correa rubra, Poranthcra micropliylla, Stackhov.sia monogyna, Fhomasia petalocalyx, Hibbertia stricLa, If. virgata, Pimelea sp., Leptospermum -myrsinoides , Kunzea pomifera, Melaleuca pubes- cens, Eucalyptus odorala, E. [asciculosa, E. rostrata, Calythrix telragona, Halorrhagis helerophylla. Didiscus pusill-us, Astroloma htnmfusum, A. conoslephioideSj Leucopogon parviflorus^ L. rufus, JAthospermum arvense, Myoporum insulare, Jl alilenbergia graci- lis, Qjoodema amplexans, Dampiera lanceolata, Erechtites pic- ridioides, Gnaphalium japonicum^ Cassinia spectabilis, a Heli- chrysum, Podosperma angustifolium and Millotia tenuifolia — a total of 69 species to which additions could unquestionably be Kliade. (8) The Cliffs a. The Cliffs at Marino. At Alarino the front rank of the Lofty Range peters out as cliffs on the sea-front. These commence at Kingston Park where they are removed somewhat from the sea by low dunes with a depression on their landward side. Immediately south, the low undulations descend by a moderately gentle slope !c tite strand and a quarter-of-a-mile further south again abrupt cliffs overlook the loose rocks that cover the intertidal area, the cliffs becoming bolder as HalletPs Cove is approached and broken by several small narrow gullies, some short, some stretch- ing back half-a-mile, down which water runs after storms. d’hese cliffs, as far back as the railway line, which at Marino is 161 feet above the sea and at Hallett’s Cove 256 feet, have a varied and interesting natural flora, not yet destroyed entirely by 116 By J. B. Clrland, M.D. S.A. NAT.^ VOL. xnr. Mav. 1933 . the (land of man or the inroads of exotic weeds. This flora is. met with immediately on leaving the train at Marino or Marina P.ocks, and its accessibility makes a description of it advisable. With the exception of an occasional She-oak (Casuarina siricta) still left forlorn in a little gully south of Kingston Park, all t!ie plants are low or small. In October, Velleya paradoxa^ with its large yellow slit corolla, is. though lowly, conspicuous and abundant; the related smaller Goudema phrnatifida is also common. In the station yard at Alarino, as usual probably on a limestone base, is the erect whitish-flowered Goodema albijlora, in habit rather resembling a crucifer. The spreading Scaevola microcar pa is also fairly abundant. Ihere are two Zvgophyllums with their yoked leaves: Z. Billardieri is common, especially on some of the cliifs, and has a diffuse or, when opportunity offers, a scrambling habit; the large-leafed Z. yjancescens is rather rare, though plants grow beside the railway station. Pomaderris racemosa as a low shrub is frequent in places and is usually wlndswe]U. There are a few colonies of Acacia obliqua and oc- casional shrubs of A, annata, A. Hgidata and A. Victoriae (A. scjitis). The latter, a prickly shrub, is very widely dispersed in the State though absent from man\' districts; it occurs for Instance near Eurelia. in the Far North and in Central Australia. A glaucous Olearia is common. especialK' near the sea. Amongst the shrubs, both on the open cliffs and also near Kingston Park, are a number of small narrow-leafed bushes of the parasitic Native Peach {liucarya acii^ninata) \ these are only three or four feet hio-h and the mother-trees must have long disappeared; none show signs of tlowering or fruiting; some of these in Kingston Park were ^rowing through Beyeria Leschniaidtii, an Euphorbiaceous plant \x‘ry common here on the slopes of tlie cliffs. Other small slirub' onl}' occasionalU^ seen are Hakea nigosa; the Tea-tree Melaleuca puhesrens (here only two or three feet high) ; Dodonaea vh'cosa (Kingston Park); and, especial!}' near the sea the rather pricki}-. glossy leafed Epacrid Acrotriche patuhi. There are a few plants of the show}* Calythrix tetragona. The yellow-flowered Ptmeiea serpyHifofia is widespread; there are occasional plants of Stackiwusia monogyna and here and there a colony of Ku~ phrasia rollina (Schophulariaccae) . Amongst small Composites Podolepis Lessonii "with spreading branches, yellow flowers and stem-clasping leaves at the forks is common: Leptorrhynchus sqnamatus, somewhat like it but with more erect branches, and H elichrysum aptcidatum much less common. H. sevvipapposum, very like the last named, and Microseris scapigera are rare;: S.A. NAT.^ VOL. XIV. May. 1933. The Coastal Flora. il7 Minuria leptophylla with pale bluish flowers grows on the slope .at Kingston Park. In the Chenopodiaccac, Knchylaena tomcntosa is abundant, 'Salsola kali is caminon as is /Hriplex ucUen (or .7. harratum), a diffuse,, almost prostrate plant; Rhagodia ntUans with red fruits occurs usually amongst rocks; the spreading adpressed Bassia uniflora is also numerous, especially nearer the sea. Convolvulus crubtweens spreads out between shrubs, Coniesperma votuhile climbs through undershrubs sucli as Beyeria and exposes its racemes of blue flowers on their summits, and the Native Cran- berry {Asiroloma humifnsiun) is adpressed to the ground. Oxafis conncniata, Lavalera pleheja, PUmlago varia, Kennedya pros- trata. a Evlaxia. Lotus australis, an Opcrcnlar'ia. W ahlenher Cm gracilis and a Fultenaea also occur. Exocar pus aphylla with leafless striate branches is not uncommon, fifteii growing on cliffs (loastal Flora. ii9 grasses 'Themeda, Stipa elegantissima and Poa caespitosa; the sedges Lepidospenna concavuvi and Cladhim fihm; Diaiiella r^rjoluicL Lornaudra eflusa, L. juncea and another Lomavdra, Hakea riigosUy Rhagodiu baccata, Afriplex pahidosuvi (rocky slopes near the sea), Kochia crassUoha. Enchylaena iomeniosa. Threlkeldia diffnsa, Trichinium spathnlatu m, Disphyma mistrale, Zygophyllum, Nitraria, Cassytha glabella. Acacia ob- Hqua, Evtaxia microphylia, Stackhousia, Phnelea serpyllifolia^ Alelaleuca pubescens, Eucalyptus odorata (prostrate), ConvoJ- 'Z'ldus erubesceiis, Da;ucus, Acrotriche patula, Plaiitago varia^ Pimpernel, Opercnlaria varia, Dampiera rosmarinijolia, Scaevola microcarpa, Velleya paradoxa, Olearla, Senecio lautns, Leptor- rhynckus squamatus , Podolepis ^ Mimiria leptophylla, Uelichry- sKvi and Angiantlms. b. The Amphitheatre at Ifalleti's Cove. The plants of the amphitheatre at Hallett's Cove partake of the nature of the cliff flora, but as this is such a striking geological feature they are worthy of enumeration as a help to the young botanist and as representing the plants found in a restricted area, d'he only tree is an occasional She-oak {Casuarina siricta)^ in hollows near the watercourses. On the sides of some of the runnels, a large form of Nicotiana stiaejeolens is often abundant • — it grows to four feet high, has very large broad leaves wliich are stem-clasping and up to 9 inches high and 5^ inches broad, and has flowers which are faintly sweet by day and strongly so at night. Shrubs comprise occasional Myoporum insulare, Ole- aria probably O. ranmlosa, Beyeria Leschenanltii, Acrotriche patula (common), Pomaderris racemosa (common), Enchylaena ioyneniosa, Calythrix tetragona, the viscid Goodenia amplexans and tlie prostrate, diffusely rooting iVIuntry {Knnzea pomifera). Smaller plants consist of 'Zygophyllum BUlardicri, Eutaxta mic- lophylla^ Velleya paradoxa, the small Goodenia tyusilUiiora, Scae- vola linearis var. conjertijolia, the deep purple-flowered Dampiera fosmarhiijoTia, Senecio lautns, Helickrysum apiculatiim. Millotia temiilolia, Bassia unijlora (prostrate), Solanum nigrtim, Ilalorr- hagis tciicrioides, the prostrate Trichimnyn spathulatum and the Liliaceous plants Dianelta revoluta and Lornaudra effusa. The pea Glycine trails through various shrubs. The grasses comprise Spear-grasses (including the showy Stipa elegaiitissima and the hairy S. Drummondii) , Danthonia and Poa caespitosa. The liarsh Cahnia hmigera is abundant and other sedges include tufts of Lepidosperma concavum and the annual Schoenus apogon. 120 «.A. NAT., VOL. XTV. -May. 1933. By J. H. CJfhnid. M.D. (9) Fields and Grasslands I'he cleared and often cultivated land on the plains and on the undulating coimtr}’ between the South Road and the Sea. From Marino to Sciliek's Hill, between ihc cliffs and the Alain Road, the original scrub has been almost completely cleared and replaced by grass land and cultivated paddocks. Here and there are remnants of the original flora, as for instance near the school south of Murphett \ ale and again between Noarhinga and Aldinga. In the latter, a few Peppermints {Eucalyptus odorata) arc stil: standing. A few remnants also survive on the sides of the various roads. The chief plants consequently consist of introduced grasses and the weeds of cultivation and comprise many of those with an asterisk against them (indicating that they arc introduced) in the list of the plants of the district. Along the edges of tlie fields and by the sides of roads near Aldinga the following, mostly native, plants were noted: — Several species of Spear-Grasses {Stipa) and \A’alIaby Grasses (Danthonia). Shc-oak, Enchylaena tomentosa. Acacia armata. Kennedy a pros- trata, Oxaiis cornkulata, EucaJy plus odorata, Melaleuca pubes- cens, Oenothera odorata (Evening Primrose, introducct!). Con- ■I'olvuhis criibescens , Salvia Verhenaca (introduced) Scaevola wicrocarpa, Goodenia alhijlora. Viitadinia triloba, and V. te7iuis- sima. \ear Hallctt's Cove, the following additional species were seen in grass land : — Bassia uuiflora, Pimelea curviflora and Cal- i U7U t ricor ne ( i nt roduced ) . (10) The Banks Of The Several Freshwater Creeks That Eimpty Themselves Into The Sea Under Section 4. dealing with the Reedbeds, a short descrip- tion is given of the plants that may be found on the banks of the 'I’orrens ju.st before it passes into the Reedbeds. Within the area concerned with this survey, ilie Sturt River passes into the Patawalonga Creek; the waters are saltish and tide-influenced and so do not concern us here. 4'he same applies to the Onka- paringa from \Marlunga to the sea. Small fresh-water creeks, dry, or nearly so, in summer, are represented by the Field River at llallett's Cove, Pedlar's Creek representing the exit of the .Morphett Vale Creek and the small watercourse at Moana where the AfcLarcn Vale Creek emerges. 4 lie vegetation of the banks of these creeks has been profoundly altered by grazing and culti- \ ation so that few native species of plants are now to be found there. The few observed include the Bulrush (Typha arigusti- folia, Triglochin procera, the Common Reed (Phri munis), the sedg;e Scirpus marilimus and the ^Knis. 7ru:Tih- mus var. auslraliensis . FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY Publications of the Section. No. 1. — “The National Parks of Australia,” by Win. H. Selway. (Out of print). PUBLICATION NO. 2 GEOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL NOTES on the VICTOR HARBOUR DISTRICT by PROF. J. B. CLELAND, M.D., and PROF. WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S. Pub!i.sbed by Cole’s Book Arcade, Price 1/. AustralianNaturalist ' of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal tlety of South Australia and of the South Australian Aquarium Society, Registered at the G.P.O., Adelaide, for trainsmission by Post as a Periodical \ «►' Adelaide Vol. XIV. Aug. 31st, f933 No. 4 CONTENTS. o: ; Obituary and Bibliography of Concholqgical Works of Sir Joseph Cooke Verco (by Bernard C. Cotton) . . 121-124 I Eucalypts in the Blue Mountain, s, N.S'.W. (by A. D. I Service) 125-127 ' On the Occurrence of the Genus Loranthus on Kangaroo^ ' Island, S.A. (by E. H. laing) 127 ' The Coast from Outer Harbour to Seilicks Hill, S.A. * (by C. Fenner, D.Sc,) .. .. 128-133 ‘ Balance Sheet . . . . 134 South Australian Shells, Part VTII (by Bernard C Cotton f and F. K. Godfrey) 136-1§0 i 49th Annual Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section " of the Royal Society of S,A 151-152 The authors of papers are responsible for the facts recorded and opinior ssed. AddreBi of thft Sf.-.' /o Eoral Society's Booms, Institute Building, North Terrace, Ad; .i Published Quarterly Single Copy — NINEPENCE Obtainable from Rigby’s Book Shop, Grenfell Street, Adelaide. OFFICE-BEARERS, Chairman: REV, H. A, GUNTER. Vice-Chairmen: Lt. Col. FULTON and Mr. F. TRIGG. Secretary: Miss J. M. MURRAY. Assistant Secretary: Mr. R. Q. SHINKFIELD. Press Correspondent: \ Treasurer: [Mr. BERNARD C. COTTON. Magazine Secretaryx ^ Librarian: Miss J. M. MURRAY. Committee : Mr. W. H. SELWAY, Miss IRELAND, Professor J. B. CLELAND Mr E H. ISING, Mr. H. M. HALE, Mr. A. J. MORISON, Dr. K. H. FRY, Dr W. CHRISTIE. Fauna and »lora Protection Committee: Professor J. B. CLELAND, Dr. C. FENNER, Messrs, E. ASHBY W H SELWAY, J M. BLACK, F. ANGEL, W. CHAMPION HACKETT, B. B. BECK. J. NEIL McGILP, Captain S. A. WHITE, Lt.-Col. FULTON, H. M. HALE J. R. ROYLE, and H. H. FINLAYSON Auditors: Messrs. W. D. REED, F.C.P.A., and W. H. BROADBENT Co-Editors ''South Australian Naturalisf*: Mr. WM. HAM, FRES and Mr. BERNARD C. COTTON. Bookings for the Special Excursions (marked with a star on the Programme) should be made with Mr. B. Cotton, the Museum, North Ter- race, or with Mr. R. C. Shinkfield. Weather Bureau. West Terrace, Adelaide. In the case of Motor Trips, ticket is to be pa-id for at time of booking. EXCURSIONS. September 9— Morialta. Tram, 2 p.m, Leader, Prof. J. B. Cleland, Botanical Survey. September 16— Blackwood, Train, 2.14 p.m. Leader, Mr. Goldsack, Orchids. * September 23— Teatree Gully, Motor, 2 p.m. Leader, Mr. Wm. Flam, Physio- graphy. September 30— W'aterfall Gully. Tram, 2 p.m. Leader, Mr. J. G. Wood, Botanical Survey. October 7— Blackwood (Mr. Ashby’s), Train, 2 p.m. Leader, Chairma-n. Cultivated Flora. October 11— Kersbrook, Motor, 9 a.m. Leader, Mr. Wjm. Ham, General. October 13-1'1 — Adelaide Totvn Hall, Wild Flower Show. October 28— National Park, Belair. Train, 1.15 p.m. Leader, Mr. E, H. fsing, Botany. EVENING MEETINGS. September 19th — “Botany Plants of Far North.” Mr. E. H. Ising, October 16th — Review of Show.” Chairman. THE LATE SIR JOSEPH COOKE VERCO. The South Australian Naturalist VOL. XIV. ADELAIDE:, AUGUST 31st, 1933. No. 4. OBITUARY AND BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS of Sir Joseph Cooke Verco. (By Bernard C. Cotton, Co7ichologist, S. Australia^i Museum) On July 29th, 1933, Sir Joseph Cooke Verco passed away after a prolonged illness. His death removes from our midst at once a brilliant medical man and eminent conchologisr. Sir Joseph Verco was born at Fullarton in 1851, received his early ■education in Adelaide, and after matriculating, went to London in 1871. In 1876, after a ver\' successful Ihtiversity career, he obtained the degree M.D. London. He returned to Adelaide in 1878 and soon became the leading man in his profession. His Conchological career was no less brilliant. The study of Shells commenced very early in life, for as a boy, he had his own miniature museum and made tlie collection of natural history specimens his chief recreation. Between the years 1890 and 1911 he dredged for shells at various places be- tween Beachport, South Australia, and Fremantle, Western Aus- tralia, to a depth of 300 fathoms, and spared neither energy nor money in his efforts to acquire the lirst and only really scleii- tihe collection of shells ever taken in South Australia. Having suc- ceeded, he spent most of his spare lime sorting and describing them with characteristic accuracy and thoroughness. F’n m 1895 to 1931 he published twenty-six scientific papers on Mollusca, describing one hundred and thirty-six new species and twenty- six new varieties of shells from South and Western Australia. Most of his papers were published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, of which Society be was Presi- dent from 1903 to 1921. From 1914 until the time of his death he was Honorary Curator of Mollusca at the South Australian Museum. After donating his own extensive collection and conchological library to that institution, he purchased the Alay collection of Tasmania'* 122 . Obituary. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st. 1933 shells, and the Mathews collection of Australian shells, and gave- them also. He later helped to purchase twenty-eight steel cab- inets to contain the mass of material so generously given. 'Fhe book on Shells, appearing In p>arts in this publication,, was financed principally by him. (lentlc. religious, considerate. Sir Joseph V'erco will ever be remembered by all who came In contact with him, and his death will be deeplv mourned. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1895. 1 Descriptions of New Species of marine Mollusca of South Australia. Trans. Roy. Sor., S. Aiist. XIX, 1895, pp. 84-94. 2 A revision of the recent Gasteropods of South Australia. Trans. Row Soc. S. Aust. 1895, pp. 94-107. 1896. 3 Descriptions of New Species of marine Alollusca of South Australia, Part I. Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Avst., XX, 1896,. pp. 218-232. 1904. 4 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions, of New Species, Part I. Trans. Row Soc., S. Anst., XXVIII,, 1904, pp. 135-145. 1905. 5 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions of new species. Part II. Trans. Row Soc. S. Anst., XXIX. 1905, pp. 166-172. 1906. 6 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions of new species. Part III. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., XXX. 1906, pp. 143-150. 1906. 7 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions of new species. Part l\ . Trans. Row Soc. S. Aust., XXX. 1906, pp. 205-224. 1907. 8 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions of new species. Part \h Trans. Row Soc. S. Aust., XXXL 1907, pp. 99-110. 9 Notes on South Australian marine Alollusca with descriptions of new spiecies, Part \’I. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., XXX U 1907, pp. 213-230. 10 Notes on South Australian marine Aiollusca with descriptions of new species, Part \'1I. Trans. Row Soc. S. Aust., XXXI, 1907. pp. 305-315. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. AugUvSt 31st. 1933. S.V Josfph Cooke Verco. 125. 1908. 11 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions- of new species, l^art \dTI. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Just.,. XXXII, 1908, pp. 193-202. 12 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions of new species. Part IX. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Just., XXXII,. 1908, pp. 338-361. 1909. 13 Notes on South Australian marine Alollusca with descriptions of new species, Part X. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Just,, XXXIII,. 1909, pp. 270-276. 14 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions oi new species. Part XL Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Just., XXXIII, 1909, pp. 277-292. 15 Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions- of new species Part XII. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Jtist.. XXXIII, 1909/pp- 293-342. 1910. 16 Notes on Soiith Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions- of new species. Part XIII. Trans. Row Soc. S. Just., XXXIM 1910, pp. 115-145. 1911. 17 Notes oji South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions, of new species. Part XI\'. Trans. Rov. Soc. S. Just., XXXV,. 1911, pp. 204-215. 18 Notes on the marine shells of VWstern Australia, with des- criptions of new species, Part I. Trans. Rov. Soc. S. Just.„ XXX\\ 1911, pp. 216-219. 1912. 19 Notes on South Australian marine Alollusca with descriptions^ of new si:ccies, Part X\\ Trans. Row Soc. S. Just., XXXVI, 1912, pp. 181-191. 20 Xotes on the marine shells of Western Australia, Part II. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Just., XXXVL, 1912, pp. 192-205. 21 Shells from the Great Australian Bight. Trans. Roy Soc S. Just., XXXM, 1912, pp. 206-232, 1918. 22 Xotes on South Australian marine Mollusca with descriptions of new species, Part X\'I. Trans. Row Soc. S. Just., XLII, pp. 139-151. 1922. 2j Record of a European NIollusc not previously reported from Australia. Rec. S. Just. Mus., II, (2) 1922^, y. 221. 124. Obituary S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. 1924. .24 Record of European land Molluscs introduced into South Australia. Rec. S. Anst. Mus. II, (4) 1924, pp. 489-490. 1928. .25 South Australian Cephalopoda. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. IV, (1) 1928, pp. 125-133. (In conjunction with Bernard C, Cotton). 1931. .26 The .Spermatophore of Sepioteuthis australis Quoy & Gaim- ard. Proc. Mai Soc., XIX (IV) 1931, pp. 168-170. (In conjunction with Bernard C. Cotton). REVIEWS. THE INSECT BOOK, by W. W. Froggatt (.Australian Nature Books, No. 1, Shakepeare Head Press, Ltd.. Sydney, 2/-). It is unfortunate that the first of a series of books intended for the education of the young should not be thoroughly up to ^date in its facts and names. Considering the scientific text-books :now available there is no reason why this little book should not have been more worthy of the editor^s aims. In the chapter on Wingless Insects, the LucerjTie Flea ’(S7ninthuriis znridis, L.) is incorrectly referred to as Sminthnr- inns violacea and illustrated by a figure of Syninthurides violacea. The clessification used is thoroughly behind tlie times. Ear- wigs are now recognised as forming a separate order and should not be included witli the Orthoptera. The book-lice {Copzzogna- iha) and web-spinners {Evibiaria) do not belong to the Termites or Isoptera. Vernacular names are always the bugbear of scientists and many in this book are used very loosely, as the name Black-fly for Thrips. Some of these insects are black but the majority and the most important economic species are anything but black. !LW. WHAT BI TTERFLY IS THAT? by G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc. Angus & Robertson 12/6. This is a very fine introduction to the study of the Butter- flies of Australia.’ Dr. Waterhouse must be congratulated on making it interesting to the beginner and yet keeping it thorough- ly scie'ntific. Such treatment of his subject must tend to give the beginner or mere collector an intelligent and stimulating interest in the scientific study of Lepidoptera. The plates are ail that could be desired. May it not be long before we liave similar volumes dealing witli the different groups of moths. Could not the title of this excellent series of books have been grammatical? H.W. 125 : S.A. NAT., V/OL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. EUCALYPTS IN THE BLUE MOUNTAINS, N.S.W. By A. D, Service. A short visit to the Blue Mountains in February this year offered an opportunity to make a survey which is summarised in these notes. Though necessarily incomplete in respect to the whole mountain area, it may be regarded as a representative cross-section of the Eucalyptus flora of the Eastern Slopes. The- total distance of the route taken between Blaxland and Mt. Vic- toria is about 40 miles, and the range in altitude 750 to 3500 feet. 'Ihe general formation of the mountains is a raised plateau, made up of nearly horizontal beds of thet Hawkesbury Sand- stone (of the Triassic System), in which the streams have cut deep canyons with almost perpendicular sides. In these deep gorges, several genera of the temperate rain-forest type abound. Of the twenty species of Eucalyptus enumerated below, only one (E. vrminalis, Labill.) is commonly found’ in South Australia,, and one other (E. gomocalyXj Labill.) is doubtlfully recorded from this State. E. piperita, Sm., “Sydney Peppermint,” wdiich was flowering, and E. Sieberiana, F.vM., “Silvertop.” were the most abundant species. Superficially they bear a marked resemblance, both having clean limbs and rough bark on the trunk, but that of E. Sieberiana is generally harder and darker. Another Pepper- mint. E. radiata, Sieb., has a wide range and is particularly graceful. It is rarely large, but the compact nature of its narrow drooping foliage makes it conspicuous and ornamental. The true gums were represented by seven species, but they constitute a coraparativeh' small proportion of the forest. E. goniocalyx, Labill., “Mountain Cnim,” and E. altior, Deane and Maiden, were found only above the 2,500 ft. level, and were usually associated. Both grow to tall trees- with clean symme- trical trunks, and stand out boldly against the surrounding vege- tation. E. punctata, DC, “Grey Gum,” with large* ochre-colour- ed patches where the outer bark had fallen away, and h. Deanei,. Maiden, “Silky Gum,” grotv only on the lowxr slopes. The lat- ter. which was noted in only one locality, is a tall, handsome, umbrageous tree with very smooth bluish-grey bark and short, broad leaves, which have been aptly compared wdth those of a pear tree. The two “Brittle Gums,” E. micrantha, DC., and E. 'maculosa, Baker, were well distributed and are usually stunted and straggling in habit. E, viminalis, Labill., was scarce and- often depauperate, generally multiflowered. 126 . By A. D. Service. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. The most plentiful of the Stringybarks was E. eugemoides , Sieb., stunted as a rule, and with narrower leaves than when growing under more favorable conditions K. ligustrina, DC., “Dwarf Stringybark,” is very similar, but it never grows larger than a small shrub. E. BJaxIandii, Maiden and Cambage (which Is almost identical with E. Baxter}, Maiden and Blakely, well known in the Mt. Lofty Range), is usually of moderate height but some large trees were seen near the Mt. Victoria township. £. votabilis, Maiden, was plentiful in its restricted range and was flowering freely, the rather large blossoms making a picturesque contrast with the dark green of the leaves. There were only two Bloodwoods; E. corymbosa, Sm., us- ually ratiier straggly, and E, exiviia, Schau., “Yellow Bloodwood.” d'his was a conspicuous tree, rarely large, with long, falcate, coriaceous, glaucous leaves and flaky bark of a dingy yellow colour. The three final species grow as small Shrubs. E. siricta, Sieb., “Dwarf Gum,” was very abundant above 2,500 feet, often forming thickets. Usually about 5 feet high, in one or two in- :stances it was noted as a small tree. E. Moorei, Maiden and Cambage, was only found on the plateau. Its small leaves and dusters of tiny sharply-pointed reddish buds give it a very dainty appearance. E. Baeuerleni, F.vM., grows near the base of the cliffs along the National Pass; it has leaves of a fresh green colour and distinctive buds and fruits. SPECIFIC LOCALITIES. BLAXLAND (768 ft.) to VALLEY HEIGHTS (1065 ft.), 4 miles. E. eximia, E. notabilis, E. corymbosa, E. eugenioides, E. punctata, E. piperita, E. penrithensis . VALLEY HEIGHTS to FAULCONBRIDGE (1465 ft.), 4 miles. E. notabilis, E. coryrnbosa, E. Deanei, E. eugenioides, E. punctata, E. Blaxlandii. FAULCONBRIDGE to LAWSON (2408 ft.), 8 miles. E. piperita, E. Sieberiana, £. corymbosa, E, eugenioides, E. micran- tha, LAWSON to WENTWORTH FALLS (2844 ft.), 4 miles E, Sieberiana, E. piperita, E coiymbosa, E. eugenioides, E. rad- iata, E, stricta, E. ligustrina. WENTWORTH FALLS to LEURA (3231 ft.), via National Pass, 4 miles. E. Sieberiana, E. piperita, E. radiata, E. viminalis, E. goniocalyx, E. altior, E. stricta, E. eugemoides, E. ligustrina, E. maculosa, E. micrajitha, E. Baeuerleni, E. corymbosa. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. Avgust 31st, 1933. 127 . LEURA to KATOOM'BA (3336 ft.), via Federal Pass, about 3 miles. E. piperita, E. Sieheriana, E. altior, E. eugenioides^ E. radiata, E. goniocalyx, E. stricta, E. viminalis, E. corynnbosa^ E. niactdosa. KATOOMBA to BLACKHEATH (3495 ft.), 7 miles. E. radiata, E. piperita, E. Sieheriana, E. stricta, E. altior, E. vimin- alis, E. goniocalyx, E. maculosa, E. micrantha. BLACKHEATH to MOUNT VICTORIA (3424 ft.), 4 miles. E. piperita, E. radiata, E. Sieheriana, E. stricta, E. Moorei, E. maculosa, E. micrantha, E. Blaxiandii, E. altior, E. goniocalyx, E. viminalis. ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE GENUS LORANTHUS ON KANGAROO ISLAND, S.A. By E. H. IsiNG. There have been no species of Mistletoe {Loranthus or Viscum) recorded from Kangaroo Island. From the earliest settlement when Waterhouse collected botanical specimens followed by others, such as Tate, Tepper, Prof. J. B. Cleland, Prof. T. C. B. Osborn, Mr. J. C. Wood, no mistletoe specimens have been recorded from the Island. The ^'Flora of South Australia” by J. VI. Black, Part 2 (1924) and the supplement in Part 4 (1929) does not record species of this genus, nor does Mr. J. G. Wood, whose article, “An Analysis ■of the V'egetation of Kangaroo Island and the Adjacent Penin- sulas,” in the Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus. Vol. 54 (1930), p.ll7, record any species of this family. I have now to place on record the occurrence of a species ■of Loranthus miraculosus Miq. var. Melaleucae, Tate, collected by myself in 1922 and found growing on Melaleuca which was situated on the edge of a salt lagoon near MacGilHvray. This place is about 14 miles from Kingseote in a southerly direction. No Loranthaceae are recorded from Tasmania. NOTICE! As the Society intends to pmblish a MEMBERSHIP LIST in the S.A. Naturalist, will Members kindly write to the Secre- tary or Treasurer as soon as possible, giving — L Full Name and Address; 2. Date of Election to Society; 5. Branch of Natural History in which they are interested. 128 . S.A. NAT., V'OL. XI\‘. August 31st, 193 J.. THE COAST FROM OUTER HARBOUR TO SELLICKS HILL. Geology and Physiography. (By C. Fenner, D.Sc,) An effort will here be made to give in simple terms an out- line of the chief features of the natural history of the coastal strip which runs from Pelican Point, at the northern end of Le Fevre Peninsula, to the clihs at the base of Sellicks Hill. This co\'ers a distance of 45 miles of coast — a strip of country full of varied and interesting features, physiographic, geological and botanical — most of it within walking distance of railway stations or tram-lines, and all of it easily reached by good roads from Adelaide — though the good field naturalist must always do tlie best of his travelling on foot. In order to set out the geology and physiography more clear- Iv, a rna-p of this 45-mile coastal strip has been prepared, and is set out herewith in four sections. In addition, a block diagram showing a section parallel to the cost from West Beach to hly- ponga is given on a separate page. This block diagram is in- tended to sItovv the simpler features of the structure and rock U'pes of the area. d'he first point that strikes the observer in his traverse from Outer Harbour to Sellicks Hill is a curious rhythm and repetition in the features seen. There are mangrove mud-flats, coastal sand-dunes, low cliffs of soft yellow and brown limestones, and higher cliffs with rocky and shingly beaches. d'he hard rocks of these cliffs are very ancient (Pi c-cambiian and Cambrian) and arc mostly dark-coloured quarmtes. A break one mile long occurs in these hard cliffs at Halletts Cove, lim- ning from Howchiii Ciully to the Field River. Then follows an- other tlirce miles of quite similar hard rock, with lemarkablc contortions of bedding in places. A mile of sand dunes occius where the AIorphett\'ale Creek comes to the sea, followed by cliffs of level-bedded limestones and mudstones, many of them beautifully coloured. Apart fiami the sand-dune break at the mouth ot the Un- kaparinga River, these gently-dipping, easily-eroded limestones continue for five miles until we come to the Moana sand-dunes, small in area, near the mouth of Pedlers Creek. Then follow two miles of cliffs of hard, ancient rock, four miles of the level- bedded limestone cliffs of Blanche Point and Aldlnga, then thiee miles of sand-dunes and sandy beach at Sellicks Beach, a area of tertiary limestone cliffs, and finally the high, hard cliffs at the base of Sellicks Hill extending to the south beyond Myponga. ADELAIDE BELAIR BRIGHTON O’HALLORAN PORT WIUUNGA SELLICKS PLAINS SCA^ ISEACLIFF ilikt NORRLUNGA RANGE HjLL S.A. NAT., V'OL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. 129). By C. Fenner, D.Sc. Figure 2. — Block Diagravi to illustrate the Structure and Phy- nographv of the coastal strip from Westheach to Myponga. 130 . S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. The Coast from Outer Harbour to Sellicks Hill. August 31st, 1933. The reason for the rhythmic arrangement may be seen in the block diagram. Four different kinds; of rock are found in t>bis area. — (a) The hard, ancient rock, shown by nearly vertical wavy lines, Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian in age, which forms the ranges, the level uplands, and the more notable of the marine ■cliffs. In ages long past these ancient rocks were worn down to a level surface by the slow-acting forces of wind and rain and running water. They were then sunken gently beneath the sea, and some hundreds of feet of limestones were formed by the remains of the sea animals deposited upon them. (b) A gradual rising movement followed and these lime- stones, laid down on the sea floor, became dry land. Naturally they are rich in fossils. They are shown in the block diagram as horizontal beds without marking and are called Miocene lime- stones. They form the yellow cliffs of Noarlunga, Aldinga, etc, (c) Following on this a series of mighty disturbances in the earth’s crust took place hereabout, so that huge fractures hun- dreds of miles long and possibly some miles in depth run through these ancient rocks and their covering limestones. Some of the intermediate blocks of rock were sunken and others were up- raised. Erosion took place, aud vast deposits of red muds were here and there laid dov'ii covering the limestones. Sucii red muds are still to be seen in the cliffs at Seacliff. llalletts Cove, Noarlunga, and Sellicks Hill. They were formed by fresh water and are mostly red or brown, but sometimes green or yellow, in colour. They are marked in the map by vertical lines and are called Pleistocene muds and sands. (d) The great faulting and uplifting movements continued and the uplifted or mountaifi blocks in this area became tilted downwards to the south, as you may see in the two central blocks of the diagram. A good deal of the limestones and mudstones was washed off and carried away, but close to the fracture or fault lines still newer beds of alluvial material were deposited to form wide plains. I'hese are shown in the map as recent alluvium. We may now see the reason for the rhythmic arrangeinenL above referred to. Where soft muds and sands form the sea beach the sand is washed clean and blown up to form a barrier of sand-dunes. Where the limestones reach the sea, soft cliffs of yellowish or brownish limestones border the coast. Where the ancient hard rocks meet the sea, the latter carves out steep cliffs and shingly beaches with much difficulty, for these old rocks uc intensely hard and resistant. By C. Fenner, D.Sc. 131. fS.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. Looking again at the diagram we see first of all the Adelaide Plains with the ancient bedded rock deep below, the Miocene limestones buried out of sight, the Pleistocene muds only coming to the surface at Brighton and Seacliff, the later alluvium and ^sand-dunes covering the surface. To the south is the uplifted and tilted block of O’Halloran Hill, crossed in its southern part by the Onkaparinga River, which ■enters the sea of Port Noarlunga. The Onkaparinga has carved a valley through the hard rocks of the adjoining uplifted block to the south. The third block is equally tilted to the south and east and the over-lying limestones and mudstones increase as we approach Sellicks Hill. The uplifted scarp face of the Sellicks Hill block forms the Willunga Ranges, and is one of the chief barriers towards com- munications between Adelaide and the southern districts. It has effectively prevented the passage a\ a railway, which stops short at its base. The new bituminous road round the seaward base of Sellicks Hill circumvents this powerful barrier in a fairly ■effective manner. Perhaps the most interesting correlations that can be made in this strip of country are those between the geology, tne land forms, the drainage type and the native vegetation. These re- lations are very close indeed, and they prove to be very interest- ing where they have been worked out. A Inch systematic work remains to be done by the combined effort of the physiographer .and the botanist, or better still, b}' an alert field naturalist who ■combines a simple but correct knowledge of the geolog)’^ and land forms with an eye for drainage and with sufficient botanical train- ing to collect his specimens wisely. A brief note will novv be given of the more important physio- graphic features along the coast. Mud Flats.— These are in areas where cstuariiie muds £iVQ being brought down from the uplands and where winds and tides have no power to build up sand-dunes. The chief mud [lats are near the mouth of the Port River and the Northern Arm, where there arc beautiful mangrove-fringed reaches river backed by ugly mud flats. A second area of mud flats occurs in the tidal portion of the Onkaparinga where mangroves are .less common. Sand Dunes. — The main stretch of san(l dunes is that from Outer Harbour to Seacliff. The dunes are here of two types. From a little north of Largs to Seacliff the dunes have been built up in a succession of long ridges, dune and swale, usually three in number, but all the upper part of Le Fevre Pen- insula has been .built up differently. Here the sand dunes were 132 . S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. The Coast from Outer Uarbour to Sellicks Hill. Auoust 31st. 193T.. lower and were built in sweeping curves as shown In the plan. Le Fevre Peninsula is growing towards the north, following the curve of the Port River as the latter cuts into the narrow extension of Torrens Island, a feature that must some day com- pleteh’ disappear. J'lie rapid way in which sand dunes and muds will silt up auiet areas has been shown in a remarkable manner in the sea ad- joining the artificial projection on wTich Outer Harbour is built. Sixteen years ago blue water filled both these angles. To-day both the northern and southern bays adjoining Outer Harbour- are almost completely silted up, and the differences in the type of silniig of the two bays are as interesting as the similarities; these features are left for the reader to investigate. Older Sand Dunes. — In the long history of the l)uilding up of the Adelaide Plains there have been many lines of sand- dunes of which every trace has completely disappeared. But there is one series of ancient dunes of which a large portion still remains and fulfils an important part in the economics of the area. These are the older sand-dunes, mostly reddish in colour. fPhey start east of Somerton. near Glcnelg, extend through the Koo}'onga golf links, are well preserved near the Torrens, and continue up past Seaton, The Pinery, and Port Adelaide, and form the western part of Torrens Island. They are clearly marked on the accompanying map. and, as shown by Professor Cleland^ their flora is quite distinct from that of the surrounding plains, as well as from that of the present coastal sand-dunes. Cliffs of Softer Rocks. — The first series of limestones and mudstones occurs at Halletts Cove, wdiere they appear to have been let dow n b}- faulting. With these is preserved a small patch of very interesting glacial rocks of Permo-carboniferous age. These glacial' rocks overlie and protect a great sheet of ice-planed I'ock surface; the best known exposed area is that knowm as Tate’s Rock, commemorating the place where Professor Ral[>h Tate made some early investigations regarding this ancient glac- ial period. This area has also been much worked on by Professor Howchin and Sir Edgeworth David, and has been visited by prac- ticallv evcr\' geologist who has come to the state of South Aus- tralia. Phe '‘Amphitheatre’’ at Ilalletts Cove is a remarkable exam- ple of erosion bv running water In soft, level-bedded limestones and mudstones, lire sand-dunes and the limestone and mudstone cliffs at Port Xoarlunga have ail the characteristics of those al- ready described. Tlie same is true of the sand-dunes of Moana, Port Willunga and SelUcks Beach, and of the limestone cliffs of ■S.A. X.vr., VOL. XIV. Avgust 31st. 1933. By C. Fenner, D.Sc. 133. y\Idinga and SelHcks Beach. There are in addition curious dif- ferences from place to place, which are not here mentioned in detail but are left for the reader to inveslgate. The limestone ■cliffs contain a wealth of fossils, and have been a happy hunting ground for collectors for the past seventy years. Cliffs of Harder Rocks. — The hard cliff buttresses, where the ancient rocks resist the attacks of the sea, are characteristic 'of the area from Marino to Halletts Cove, from the Field River to Morphettvale Creek, from Pedlers Creek for two miles south, and from Sellicks Hill southward. These rocks consist mainly of purple to gray quartzites; usually these have an almost vertical dip, but there are places where there is evidence of the great earth forces that have crum- pled them into complex folds. In other places, as at the base of Sellicks Hill, thick beds of limestone are found. Sir lulge- worth David has published accounts of some very primitive fos- sils from these rocks at Reynella, while in the Sellicks Hill lime- stones, near the top of the ridge, specimens of ancient “sponge- •corals,’’ the Archaeocyathinae (ancient cups) may be found. Drainage and Soils. — Along the coast all varieties of er- osion may be studied: marine, aeolian, pluvial and glacial. Similarh* there arc examples of the most varied types of drain- .age, from sodden mud-flats, through porous limestones and dunes, to high and well-drained hillslopes. All these points are of im- portance to the field naturalist, for your true naturalist is not a mere collector, nor a mere observer; he must strive to seek relations between things, and to discover causes. A plant’s chief interest may lie, not so much in itself, as in its position on a ■slope, the accompanying plants, the underlying rocks and soils, the type of drainage and erosion. The whole of the area, apart from cliff faces, is covered with ,a widespread mantle of rock waste. Upon this mantle the effects 'of wind, rain, and sun for some tens of thousands of years has produced the features we call soils. There is quite a variety of soil types within this area, with their different colours and profiles, depending in part on the rock-type below, but much more upon the slope and drainage of the locality. Each soil type has its appropriate plant suite; and each native plant com- munity has certain introduced plants that most commonly dis- place them or take possession when the native growth is destroy- 'cd. Nor should we forget the more elusive native animals, in- cluding the birds, the shells, and the beach life, that also take their selected and appropriate place in the scheme of^ things. Lucky indeed are the field naturalists who have at their doors ..an area of such rich and varied interest. ROYAL SOCIETY OF S.A. INCORPORATED ™ FIELD NATURALISTS' SECTION. Statement of Receipts and Expenditure for year ended July 31st, 1933. l.v S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV August 31st, 1933. Or-iOOiOOi-iOOCCO rH «0 N rH tr- CO CO 00 rH io 0 t- 00 rH CO rH rH «+I (N i:D O rH tH tH O bJO a > be CQ ec fc, ^ CQ a o bfl q .s ^ ffi . u ^ >£ .s a ^ 0 ) o H § C3 O 0) ■^1 g g 'q cn 0) M 0) a X K 0) o N cd CQ ;h ' 0) • > a o O o '2 c s So S w c £3 Ch CO 03 o3 CQ O O rH CD rH »o CS IC »o 05 0 0 rH iH CO iM CO W 0 iM rH rH 10 0 CD (M CO rJH lO • acd fl r ^ o ^ o w o . ^ . o <0 CO CJ fl N 2 be S-° s- o o ®3 CQ fl ^ O V o o3 C ^ o 1:3 Q M o Dl cc ostracum) composed of long prisms, roiincfed at the angles .and tapering at the ends. This layer is thinnest at the aperture, thickest towards the apex. The thick middle layer (ostraciim) built up of short prisms in bundles lying at right angles with -each other. 'I'he outer layer (periostracum) thin and wliolly sculptureless. It covers the sculpture, ribs, etc., of the shell. The radula is short, early rigid and curved, and incapable of be- ing used as a rasping organ as in other molluscs; its function is probably largely as a crushing plate, like the gizzard-plates of BuUaria. The formula of teeth is 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. (Pilsbry). The posterior aperture of the shell is emarginated by a ventral sinus, and is furnished interiorly with a dorsal and ventral valve, which are capable of being applied to one another. The Scaphopods seem to form an actual link connecting the bivalves with the univalves. In most points they agree with the bivalves; in only two respects — the shell and the radula — do they agree witli the univalves, and even in the matter of the shell they begin life as bivalves, for in the embryo this consists of two plates which later become united to form a tube. The shelled foraminifera found in the stomach of a Scaplio- pod are perfect, and the sarcode must be extracted from them by some secretion referable to the gastric juice of the Vertebrata. Eyes are absent as the)’ would be useless to an animal always buried in sand. There are no external organs of generation; but impregnation is effected by the male emitting the spermatozoa, and the female her ova at the same time, in the water. The pro- cess may be partl)^ compared to the chance shedding of pollen in the air by dioecious plants. Lacaze-Duthiers closely studied DentaHum vulgare (France) and noticed that the spermatozoa lived six hours after performing the act of fecundation. The egg is at first oval, afterwards pear shaped, and ultimately divided into segments like those of an Annelid. In the first stage of development the germ is motionless; in the second stage it is propelled by vibratile cilia, which are set round a large lobe in front, similar to that observable in the larvae of many mollusca, and it swims rapid!)’ ; in the third stage it crawls by means of a disc-like foot. In swimming it docs not come to the surface of the water, as do the fr)’ of the oyster and other mollusca. The shell is formed during the third period, but is only detected b)^ Its iridescent lustre, being exceedingly thin and transparent, a 137 . S.A. NAT., VOL. XrV. August 31st. 19.'13. By Bernard C . Cotton (.ml F. K. Godfrey. mere film. This state continiics till the fifth and occasionally the sixth day after birth. The embryonic period lasts from thirty- live to forty days. Laca/.e-Duthiers observed a current of water jiassing through the shell from the opening at the smaller end. He dlscovx*red l^enlalAim at low water mark, where its presence was betrayed by a small groove in the sand, and he easily pro- cured 200 live specimens at a single low spring tide. They pre- fer certain spots, especially patches of coarse sand mixed wdth broken shells and interspersed with Zostera. The same observer kept some alive in a flask of sea water with a little sand for more than eighteen, months. It is much more active at night, being sensible of light. The foot acts as a piston in expelling at the other end the eggs and seminal fluid, as well as perhaps the faeces and exhausted w'ater. The point of a young shell is pear-shaped, and is broken off when too small to contain the terminal tube or process of the mantle; and this part of the shell is continually rubbed away as the animal increases in size, until at last it be- comes truncated, and a short pipe is formed with an oblique slit in front to accomodate the terminal tube. The slit is extended in certain species, although this distinctive character is confined to adult specimens. The inside of the shell is white as porcelain, and brilliant as varnish. 'Fhe periostracum is slight and easily abraded. The microscopical texture of the shell is scarcely dif- ferent from that of Patella. It is most complicated, being com- posed in a great measure of prisms, interlacing fibres, and anas- tomosing canals — not of cellular elements (Jeffreys). The class Scaphopoda includes but two families — the Dental- hdae and the Siphonodentaliidae. The distinctions between them are based upon (a) differences in the median tooth of the radula, (b) the form of the foot, (c) certain quite definite shell characters. The Dentaliidae has the median tooth of the radula twice as wide as long; a pointed conical foot surrounded by an epipod- ial process resembling a wingshaped sheath, which is interrupted or slit, like the break in a fold, on one side; a shell with greatest diameter at aperture. The shell is almost always, to some ex- tent, sculptured. In the Siphonodentaliidae the width of the median tooth of the radula is much less than double its length, generally less than its length. The foot lacks any epipodial processes^ and is either a slender vermiform organ or is expanded on the end into a sym- metrical disk with fluted or indented border. The shell, except in one restricted group, wholly lacks sculptural features, being smooth and glassy in texture, and it is generally contracted at the aperture. (Henderson). 138. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st. 1933. South Australian Shells. DENTALIIDAE. Shell tubular, curved, with the greatest diameter at the an- terior aperture, and tapering evenly to the posterior aperture. J3istribution — All seas, from the littoral to moderate depths. Fossil — Ordovician, but most abundant from the 'Cretaceous- where very large species occur. Animal having the foot conical,, with a laterally and dorsally interrupted encircling sheath. Dif- ferences between this famiy and SiphonodentaUlclae have been outlined under class Scaphopoda. Dentalium Linne 1758. An elongate tube open at both ends, increasing in diameter from apex to aperture, section of maximum diameter being coincident with the peristome; almost straight to strongly curved; usually with longitudinal riblcts or engraved lines, especially near the tip; these may vary In number from six to sixty or more: ribs or riblets In the apical portion eften increased later by addition of others intercalated between them; sculpture frequent!}' disappears in the anterior portion; sometimes fine transverse lirae occup}' the spaces between the ribs or even cross them; or the intercostal surface may present a fine reticulate plan of excessively minute sculptural elements; in some groups there are no sculptural features whatever; em- br\ onic portion of apex very minute and fragile, and nearly al- wa}'s lost in very young specimens; apical section remaining be round or angular in section; apical opening usually modified bv a slit or notch of varying width or depth and variously placed in different groups; or the opening may be simple without notch or slit; shell varies from minute needle-like forms to those of four or five inches in l.'ngth, in thickness from fragile to heavy and solid; in texture from soft and chalky to hard porcellanous or glassy; in colour from greenish, reddish, or yellowish species to pure white, the latter greatly predominating; the shells ma}' be translucent to opaque, dull lustreless to the most highly polished and glistening surface. Type — D. elt^phantlnum Linne (Amboyna) Animal shaped like its shell, elongate, wrapped in a mantle Cipen at both ends; from larger end a pointed cylindrical foot nia} be protruded or almost wholly withdrawn; without tentacles- or eyes; just hack of the mouth is a cluster of thread-like ap- pendages enlarged into spoon-shaped terminals (captaculae) — the exact function of these is not definitely understood, but they arc- supposed to catch and hold the food, consisting largeh' of fora- minlfera and other minute organisms; the liver is two-Iobed, the gonad simple; heart of cnc ventricle; without gills; excretory op- enings in the forward part of the mantle cavity, but the escape 139 S.A, NAT., VOL. XIV, August 3 1st. 1933. Bv Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey. of laecal and sexual products is through the smaller end of the shell; nervous system consists of symmetrically placed centra!, pleural, pedal, visceral, and buccal ganglia. Dentalium has been subdivided into a number of subgenera based chiefly upon apical characters of the shell. The actual value of these apical characters for the purpose of classification, and there lore the value of subgenera chiefly based upon them, is net altogether assured, but in a genus embracing so many species some form of division is useful, even though it be somewhat arti- liciai. All}' one character, ii relied upon to distinguish the larger groups, answers well enough for a time, but it always seems even- tually to invite trouble. The shell characters that may be used better in combination for the larger or the smaller groups are: 'JVpe of sculpture, the form of the tip, the degree of curvature, the size and thickness of the shell, the position and form of the apical slit. We present our suggestions of subgoneric locations for FHndersian species. Dentalium Linne 1758, in the restricted sense, does not occur in South Australia. I'lio nearest approach arc the species, che-verti Sharp 5c Pilsbry, katozvense Brazier, robusHim Brazier, dnodecimeostatum Brazier, intercalatum Could, hednalli Pilsbry k Sharp, decemcostatiim Brazier, tasmaniensis Tonison-Woods, ihetidis fledley, octopleiiron \ erco, trancisense Verco, hemilenron Verco: for these we proposc:^ — ■ Paradentalium subgeu, nov. with inlercaJalum Gould 1859, as r\-pe. White shells with six to fourteen strong ribs at the apex, continuing to the aperture or becoming obsolete, the inter- vals cither smooth, with several striae, nr a median riblet; apex small; and orifice simple without terminal pipe, slit, or notch (with very few exceptions where a short slit occurs). Laevidentalium Fischer 1895 (Subgenus). A long fissure on the convex side in the oostenor portion of the shell; surface longitudinally striate. Type— D. ergastinnn Fischer 1882 (At- lantic). Mainlv deep water species, of al! temperate and tropical seas, distinguished chiefly bv the large size and solidity of the shell with numerous longitudinal riblets; apical slit is a frequent but not invariabe feature. D. zelandicum Sowerby, belongs here. Fissidentalium Co.ssman 1888 (Subgenus). ’ Shell smooth or showing growth lines only; slighth" ova) or round section; apex simple (as defined by Cossman) or with a shallow broad notch on the convex side (as expanded by Pilsbrv k Sharp). Type— IX vneertum Deshayes 1826, an Eocene fossil of the Paris Basin. The principal subgenerIc character is the wholly sculptureless shell which is even smooth on the tip. Here we' locate D. hib~ ficatum Sowerby. 140 . S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st. 1933. South AustraUan Shdls. Eudentalium subeeii. uov. Shell small; tube square at and near the apex, angular at the aperture; primary ribs serrate, in- tervals ribless. I'ype — D. quadricostatum Brazier, a South Aus- tralian shell, although also rej'orted from north-east .\ustralla and New Guinea. Episiphon Pilsbry & Sharp 1897 (Subgenus). Shell very small, slender, rather straight, needle-shaped, slightly tapering, thin, fragile, glossy, smooth, and without longitudinal sculpture; apex with a projecting pipe or is a simple orifice; no slit, rarelv a notch. Type — D, sozverbyi Guiiding 1834, from the Caribbean Sea. Here we place D. virgula Hedley, D. hyper he mUeuron Verco. D. intercalatum Gould 1859 D. octogonuni Angas 1878, not Lamarck). ^*4’he Intercalated Dentalium.'’ Strongly curved and conspicuously tapering In its earlier half, the latter half nearly straight and less tapering; white, lustreless; at and near the apex, hexagonal in section, the angles rather sharp and a little projecting, intervals nearly flat; not far from apex a secondary riblet arises in each of the two faces on the outer curve, and somewhat later the lateral faces and those on the concave side are similarly divided; the secondary riblets gaining rapidly in strength, and on the latter part of the shell equal to the six pri- mal'}' ribs; apical orifice circular, about half as wide as the trun- cated apex. Length 19, diam. at aperture 2.25, at apex 0.9 mm. General, and not uncommon, beach and down to 300 fathoms, chiefly in muddy bottoms. Also Western Australia — King George Sound to Geographe Bay. (Type locality — China Seas). Kx- ceedingly variable. Length may reach 37 inm. The amount truncated varies so that a stouter, older shell, may not be so long as another which is evidently younger and has not suffered so much truncation. Curvature varies; since tlie posterior end is progressively removed, the mature shell appears different irom that of the immature, being nearly straight and bluntly truncated instead of well curved and posteriorly acuminate. Usually the ribs become more numerous with age, the increase being effected by intercalation and by rib splitting. Generally in the centre of an interspace a riblet arises, and gradually enlarges until it equals the original ribs. The stage of growth at which inter- calation begins varies not only In different shells, but in the several interspaces of the same shell. Besides the ^ secondary riblets, eventually tertiary riblets may arise in their interspaces and further multiply the costations. In any position, two equal riblets, instead of only one, may develop simultaneously in an in- terspace. Further a groove begins to form a rib, and gradually S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. By Bernard C. Coitoyi and F. K. Godjrey. 141. grows in de^th and width until it divides it into two. This groove may begin on the centre or on an}- part of the side of the rib. Idle ribs so formed may subsequently be cut up by other grooves. Sometimes two or three of such furrows may appear on the same rib at the same time and enlarging at an equal rate form three or four subequal riblets. The contour of the ribs may vary greatly, they may be narrow and comparatively high throughout their length, or they may almost fade out and leave the anterior part of the shell nearly smooth. The shape of the ribs may also change; they may have concave Interstices so as to resemble a fluted column, then the ribs may widen out and become convex, wh.ile their interstices become reduced to narrow, shallow grooves between broad, approximate, rounded ribs. Pilsbry suggests the typical form is hexagonal; usually there are more than six costae. I’he anal appendical tube usually wanting, even during life; when present it may be two or three millimetres long; it is central, but not always in the axis of the shell; it is probably an outgrowth subsequent to truncation, and not merely a residual inner laver of the shell after the outer portion has been absorbed. D. duodecimeostatum Brazier 1877. “The IVelve-ribbed Dentalium.” Straight, thin, shining, six-sided, white; longitudin- al ribs rounded, the base with twelve, and from the centre to the apex six, interstices smooth; apex tapering, entire, rvith minute perforation; aperture large, l.ength 22, diam. apex .5, base 2 mm. Ciulf St. \incent, 22 fathoms. (Type locality — Darnley Island, 'rurres Straits. 30 fathoms, sandy mud). South Aus- tralian specimens do not exceed 18 mm. and are probably sub- speciiically distinct. D, cheverli Sharp & Pilsbry 1898 (= D. seplemcosiattim Brazier 1877, [rcocc.). “The Chevert Expedition Dentalium.’^ Slightly arched, white; ribs seven, somewhat sharp, having finer ones between, extending from base to centre, interstices with fine transverse silk-like striae; apex perforated, perforation with a minute noich-Iike fissure on dorsal margin; aperture circular, en- tire. Length 14, diam. apex .3, base l.S mm. Gulf St. Vincent, 22 fathoms. (Type locality — Evan Bay, Cape York, North Aus- tralia. 6 fathoms, sand). D. katowense Brazier 1877. “The Katow Dentalium.” 'J'liin. transparent, slightly arched near the apex; white; ribs seven throughout, fourteen from the centre to the base, thosi? above being most conspicuous; interstices with minute lengthen- ed striae; apex thickened, perforation small, entire; ayerture cnrcular. Length 14, diam. apex 1, base 2 mm. Gulf St. \'in- South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st. 1933. 142. cent, 15-22 fathoms, greatest length 22.5 mm. (Type locality — Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and coral). Brazier in the definition of his species writes 'interstices with minute lengthened striae.” If the specimens of D. intercalatum Gould, from South Australia are examined under a lens when their larger end is towards the light they will show their transverse accre- mental striae very plainly, but when tlfey lie with their side to- ward the light these are quite indistinct, and fine axial striae are visible. The relative validity of these axial and accermental striae varies in different examples. They are seen in our speci- mens labelled D. katowense (Verco). D. thetidis Hedley 1903. “The Thetis Dentalium.” Rather I thin, tapering, very little curved; white; longitudinal ribs seven, I the whole length, those on concave side stronger and wider apart j than the others; each Interspace grooved by a dozen fine, even striae, faintly crossed by growth lines; towards tlie aperture one or two interstitial riblets arise; posterior orifice simple. Length 8, diam. of aperture 1 mm. Dredged — Gulf St. \hncent 6-22 fathoms, Cape Jaffa 130-300 fathoms. (IVpe locality — 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla N.S.W.). A South Australian .speci- men measures 20 x 2.25 mm. “In the two fresh specimens from 130 fathoms, close to the posterior end, in the furrow on each side next to the central furrenv on tlie convex surface, are four minute holes in an axial line, d'hese are probably only accidental. I'liey may be bore-hoies of predaceous molluscs. Still it is a curious coincidence T*' find them in two specimens in identically the same position; and the coincidence is more striking since they occur only in these two instances, among several hundred Dnitaliiim shells. These are often bored, but generally only in one or tvo holes and -n otlior parts of the shell. However it would be perilous to construct anbust Dentalium.’' Nearly straight, thick, dull white; axial ribs nine, rounded, wide apart, narrow toward the apex, interstices flattened, smooth; apex with small perforation, entire; aperture thickened, regular. Length 20, diam. apex .75, base 2.5 mm. Gulf St. \ incent. 15-22 fathoms. (Type locality — Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and coral). Some specimens dredged in Gulf St. Vincent have nine ribs posteriorly and more than nine anteriorly, D. decemcostatum Brazier 1 877. “The Ten-ribbed Dcn- talium.” Tapering, thin, slightly arched, white; axial ribs ten, somewhat sharp, interstices nearly flat; transverse striations fine; apex with a small perforation; basal aperture large, circular. Length 20, diam. apex .5, base 3 mm. Gulf St. Vincent 15-22 fathoms. (Type locality — Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud). Some specimens dredged in Gulf St. \ incent have ten ribs posteriorly, and more than ten anteriorly. D. francisense Verco 1911. PI. 1, figs. 1 and la. “Ihe St. Francis Island Dentalium.'' Moderateh’ solid, narrow.^ curv- ed, less anteriorly, translucent white; ribs fourteen, broad, low, round, extending throughout, separated by distinct linear inter- spaces; growth lines microscQpic; ant'ecior aperture circular, margins thin, scarcely scalloped: posterior end truncated, a'per- ture small, border thick, shape oval, elongate antero-postenorly . Length 28, diam. ant. 3.2, post. 1.6 mm. St. hrancis Island; Gulf St. Vincent; Cape Borda; 15-55 fathoms. Also Western Aus- 144 . S.A. NAT.^ VOL. XIV. August 31st. 193.T. South Australian Shells. tralia — beach — Bunbury, Rottnest Island; di^edged — Hopetoun, Ccographe Bay, Fremantle, 6-35 fathoms. (Type locality — 15- 20 fathoms. Petrel Bay. St. Francis Island, South Australia). Tills shell varies. A much younger individual than the t\'pe measures 13,5 x 2.4 x .8 min, is much more curved and has a slightly projecting appendical tube. I'here may be only eleven ribs throughout: or eleven posteriori)', and more anteriorly up to t\veiU)'-t\vo from intercalcated rlblets; there ma\' be twelve I'ibs throughout and these may be typically broad and round, or rather narrow and flat; there may be thirteen, fifteen, or vcr\ rarel)' eighteen ribs throughout. \'erco writes, '‘I am inclined to think that even this species is but an exteme variant of 7X intcrcalat urn Gould. It would seem as though the more initial ribs are present at tlie posterior end, the fewer interstitial ribs arise, which is easih' understood; and the more likely they are to be rtnmd and broad and encroach on the intercostal spaces. Still one may meet with an occasional specimen starting with eleven ribs wliich increase up to twenty-four, and are rather narrow; or with one which starts with onl)' a few ribs, seven or nine, and these become broad and rounded. D. hemileuron \^erco 1911. PI. 1, fie. 2. Loncx nanow, rather thick, ver\' slightly curved, mostly at the hinder part: white opaque when dead, translucent when fresh, and glistening; axial ribs ten. valid, narrow, about one fourth the width of their interspaces, less \'alid and less distant on the convex side, ’well deveh)j'.cd in the posterior half, then becoming quickly obsolete and absent Irom the anterior third; ribs do not increase in num- ber ^^■ith age; transverse scratch marks, close, and circles of var)'- ing o]''acit\'; anterior aperture round; posterior aperture rounds but on the convex surface It lias a sinus about as deep as wide with convex margins. Length 30, greatest width 2.4, smallest .4 mm. Cape Jaffa; Beachport; 130-300 fathoms. (Type locality — 300 fathoms off Cape Jafi'a, South Australia). Some examples have nine ribs, some eight, Sfune eleven. There are no axial intersti- tial riblets as in D. ihetidis Hedlety nor increase in the number of ribs b)’ splitting or Intercalation, as In D. inlrrcalatinn Gould, and the anterior part is libless. D. tasmaniensis d'enison-Woods 1876. “The Tasmanian Dentalium." Solid, slender, slowly increasing, slightl)' curved, white; axial ribs eight. Interstices often subcostate; apex entire. Length 10.5, diam. apex .5 mm. Port Adelaide River, (d’ype localit)' — Xorthwest coast of Tasmania). A gracefully tapering shell, curved slightly, with valid ribs and often smaller ones in the interstices. D. aratinn Tate and D. nanum Hutton, of the South Australian and New Zealand tertiaries relati\'el)', arc allied S.A, NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey. 1-13. D. zelandicum Sowerby 1860 (= D. pacificum Hutton 1873). “The New Zealand Dentalium.” Large, slightly arcu- ate. rather slowly tapering, with numerous unequal ribs, apex mostly w'ith a slit; white, banded with pale grey and tawny; longitudinal ribs of unequal strength, narrow, scarcely raised, eighteen to twenty at posterior end, thirty to forty-five at an- terior extremity, about twenty of which being stronger than the others; ribs crossed by distinct, dense, oblique growth lines; posterior orifice narrow, circular, sometimes with a simple, nar- row, ventral fissure about 4 mm. long; aperture oblique, dorsal lip somewhat advancing, circular; peristome thin, sharp. Length 57. diam. 8 mm. Dredged — Cape Jaffa, also Beachport, 110-200 fathoms. (Ih'^e locality — New Zealand). 7’he smaller ribs arise by Intercalation. The fissure is not alwat's present. D. lubricatum Sowerby I860. PL 1, hgs. 4 and 4a. “The Slippery !3entalium.’’ Elongate, lightly curved, polished, sub- pellucid, v^'hite; slightly slit, gradual!}' increasing. Length 36.5, greatest dlam. 3.25 mm. Dredged Beadiport, Cape Borda, Cape Jaffa, Neptune Islands, 40-150 fathoms. Also Western y\ustra- lla — Hopetoun, 35 fathoms, (d'ype locality — off Port Jackson Heads, 45 fathoms, hard sand bottom j Brazier |). With refer- ence to the slit, Soutli Australian examples show that in the very early stage of growth there is no slit, but a central posterior a^'er- ture; length of slit may vary from a mere notch to a fissure of 8 mm. The slit is alwavs on the convex or ventral aspect. In some specimens the dorsal part near the posterior end is spotted or blotched with opaque white. Rarel}', specimens show the extreme posterior end, which is an elliptical bulb with a very sliort slightly-contracting round tubular posterior prolongation set somewhat obliquely to the axis of the bulb and directed to- ward the convex side of the shell. Opaque transverse rings ap- pear in the first 1.5 mm. of the shell. D. quadricostatum Brazier 1877. “The Four-ribbed [9en- talium.'’ \'ery slightl}' arched, white; four angled, keel or rib at cadi angle, rounded, finely serrated, interstices flat, marked with transverse lines; apex perforated, perforation entire; aperture angled. Length 16, diam. base 2 mm. Beadiport, 110 fathoms. (Type localitv' — Princess Charlotte Bay, North-east Australia, 13 fathoms). If this species Is laid upon its side it forms a true square; when resting with the arched part of the apex down, it forms four angles, with a serrated rib on each angle. D. virgula Hedley 1903. Virgula, a little twig, refers to the supplementary tube at the narrow end. Shell small, a little curved, slightly tapering, slender in section, circular, polished, 146. South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st. 1933. with minute growth rings at irregular intervals, solid at apex, thin at aperture; milk-white opaque rings alternate with pale-orange translucent ones; supplementary tube a small round pipe excen- tric to the direction of the shell and arising in the centre of the apex. Length 10.5, diam, at aperture 1.1, at apex. .62 mm; diam. of tube .2 mm. Dredged — Cape Borda, Cape Jaffa, Nep- tune Islands, Beachport, 60-200 fathoms. (Type locality — Numerous examples were taken in 63-75 fathoms off Port Kembla N.S.W.). Some South Australian examples have slight annular constrictions at intervals of 3 mm: here the shell is less opaque- white, and the opacity gradually increases ' anteriorly. 'Lhc ap- pendix is visible in very early life, when the shell is extremely narrow. \Mien the appendix is absent in the earl)- stages of growth the shell is not unlike juvenile D. lubricatvm Sowerby, but does not increase so rapidly, and has more marked trans- verse striations. D. hyperhemileuron Verco 1011. PI. I, figs. 3 and 3a. Long, narrow, very slightly curved, mostly at hinder part, rather thin; white when dead, translucent when fresh, and glistening; axial ribs, twelve, invalid, narrow, ^no increase in number with age, becoming obsolete early, so as to leave the anterior two- thirds of shell smooth but for very fine accremental scratch lines; interstices nearly flat, slightly concave; anterior orifice round, margin thin and simple; posterior end truncated, with a long narrow diaphanous appendix directed eccentrically dorsally; the growth lines on the appendix form a convexly bordered sinus on the ventral surface about as wide as deep, and a scarcely de- pressed margin on the dorsal surface. Length 20.5, greatest width 1.8, least .7 mm., length of appendix 2.2, diam. A mm. Western Australia — King George Sound, 12-14 fathoms, 200 ex- amples, several alive, (Type locality), also Geographe Bay, Fre- mantle, 10-15 fathoms. Some individuals with perfect posterior ends run down to a diameter of .3 mm., and are there diaphanous and ribless, and have only growth striae; others more mature and with a posterior end of I mm. in diameter, and without an appendix, are here bevelled internally and thinner on the conv'ex side, where there is a shallow triangular notch. The largest example is 30.75 x 2.3 mm. The ribs may vary in number from ten to sixteen in different individuals. The species closely resembles /). hcmileuron V'erco, in the ribless anterior portion and the never increasing ribs of the posterior end, and in their extension to within 2 mm. of the end in very young individuals and in the ventral notch at the hinder extremity; but the latter 147 . -S.A NAT., VQL. 'XIV. August 31st, 1933. /iy Hrrnard C. Cotton r.iut F. K. Godfrey. has no appendix, the ribs are more valid and do not so soon become obsolete, and it is not found in such shallow water, ddie absence of the aj'ipendix may be only an accidental circum- stance, and the shallower water in which the \A'^estcrn Australian species lives may account for the other differences, and that this is only a local variety. One individual from Geographe Bay, tneasuring 4 x .5 mm., has the apical end complete. SIPHONODENTALIIDAE {—Siphonopoda Sars: — GadtUnae Stoliezka: := Siphonopodidae Simroth). Shell small and generally smooth, often contracted towards the mouth. Distribution — All seas, from the tidal zone to the abyssal depths. Animal having the foot cither expanded ■distally in a symmetrical disc with crenate continuous edge, with ■or without a median finger-like projection, or simple and vermi- form, without lateral processes. Characteristics which differ from Dentaliidae are referred to under class ScapJiopoda, Cadulus Philippi 1844, Small, more or less arcuate, gener- ally swollen, or with an inflated bulging area in the middle por- tion of the shell or near the anterior aperture; white; without any sculpture; aperture more or less contracted and usually very ■obli(|ue; apical aperture proportionately quite large as compared with that of Dentalium, and either simple or cut by two or four slits; section round or flattened; occasionally an internal circular rib is developed just within the apical orifice. Type — Dentalkim ■ovulum Philippi (Alediterranean). The genus is represented in all depths, rhe mollusc lives in sandy and muddy stations and often in great Individual quantity. Species not usually very wide- ly distributed but certain excej’tions are notable. The idea of variation of individual species is exaggerated by breakage of the ends causing the shortened specimens to appear more inflated. Texture of shells is vitreous and more or less translucent; tlierc may be circular deposits of shelly material, causing alternate rings of more or less translucency which are not, however, specific characters, but appear to be wholly individual and possibly path- ologic. The concave side is commonly accepted as dorsal, and the convex ventral. The Important specific characters of the C'aduli are the slits aitd lobes about the edge of the apical orifice, the general shape of the shell, the ratio of length to breadth, the localised or general type of swelling, the compression of the shell, ■the obliquity of the aperture, and, lastly, the size. A good way to identify material is to examine first the apical characters in order to place the shells in their proper subgeneric groups; then :seek among figured species of similar size for those with median 148. South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. Alt.vst 31st, 19 3 3 . or submedian equators (section of maximum diameter), or with equators more anteriorly placed; after which the oval or round section, the small or large apical orifice, and the obliquity of the aperture, follow. Subgenus Caduhts, in the restricted sense, includes species which are somewhat cask-shaped, short, obese, conspicuously swollen in the middle, tapering rapidly toward both ends; convex on all sides, though less so dorsally; peristome simple, thin; anal orifice large, with simple edge contracted by a wide circular callus or ledge just within the opening. This sub- genus does not app-ear to be represented in Flindersian waters, Cadiia Cray 1847 (subgenus). Decidedly curved, more or les:s swollen near the middle or towards the aperture; more tapering toward the apex; apical orifice not contracted by a callous ring, or with, such callous rine, weak and far within; edges not slit. Type — Cadii!ii:> gadns Montague, of uncertain habitat. Species located here are usually small and slender. We include: C. ac- 'inninatiis 4’ate. C. angustior \ erco, C. laezns Brazier, C. occidinis \ erco, C. spretiis Tate S: May. Polyschides Pllsbr\' S; Sharp 1898. (subgenus). Inflated an- terior to the middle or not much bulging: apex cut into a number of lobes, 2 :enerally four, by as many slits. Type — Cadulus telra- schistus Watson 1879, from Fernando Noronha. Our spiecics C. gihhosiis \'erco, belongs here. W e would remark that the chief characters of this subgenus are tlic deep slits and prominent apical lobes. Typical quadridentate forms appear numerously in the Eocene. C. acuminatus Tate 1887. “The Acurninated Cadulus.’^' Rather tliin. moderately arcuate, not much swollen, fusiform,, the greatest girth about the middle, thence very gradually taper- ing towards the ends, which are rather large; median bulging being about as obvious in a dorsal or ventral as in a lateral view of the shell; tube somewhat flattened antero-posteriorly through- out. the compression slightly greater at tlie ends; smooth, glossy, translucent wliitish, with an opaque white ring a short distance frtmi the smaller end, produced by a narrow internal callous ledge; both openings oval, their outlines more flattened on the convex than on the other side, and both cut the tube nearly at rieiit angles; peristome simple. Length 6. diameter at middle 1„ aperture .75 mm. Diameter of apex about two-thirds that of the aperture. Culf St. \'incent, not uncommon in shell sand, (Tvpc locality — Oyster beds of the Upper Aldinga series). ^ Ihe specific name is singularly Inappropriate. Specimens vary in ob- esity. 44ie white girdle near the smaller end is constantly con- spicuous on the milky translucent colour of the rest of the shell. 149 . -rS.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 3 1st, 1933. By Bernard C. Cotton and F. K. Godfrey. This girdle is removed from the apex a distance about equal to the diameter of the latter. There is no thickening of the shell wall toward the aperture, and no appearance of striae under considerable magnification. C. angustior V erco 1911. PI. 1, figs. 5, 5a and Sb. “The Narrower Cadulus.” Thin, slightly curved, chiefly in the poster- ior half, cylindrical, very gradually increasing from behind and very slightly narrowed at the front, scarcely compressed laterally; fractured at posterior end at right angles to the curve, and with a small triangular spine, 1 mm. long, projecting backwards from the convex side; anterior end open, sloping obliquely forwards from the convex side; margins simple, smooth; shell smooth, diaphanous; a transverse milky line present or absent near the front and sometimes near the posterior end. Length 4.6, breadth ..6 mm., 26 fathoms 18 miles south-east of Newland Head, South Australia (type localit)'), also Cape Borda 62 fathoms. Also Western Australia — Hopetoun. King George Sound, Geographe Bay, 12-35 fathoms. Yvomif aduhis acxtminatus Tate, it is nar- rower and more cylindrical, with less bulging about the middle. -Dredged b)^ Verco; with the type, were many specimens which appear to show the three progressive stages of growth — first as a Dentalhim-W^Q shell, \vhich becomes constricted when it reaches a certain age, then begins to form the proper Caduhis shell, from which it subsequently breaks off, leaving the tiny pro- jecting spine beyond the line of fracture. C. laevis Brazier 1877 {Dentalium) (not D. laeve Schlo- theim). Strongly arched, half-moon shaped; light amber, some- times white, glossy, smooth; basal margin pinched in about four millimetres long, forming somewhat like a shoulder, then •slightly varicose, from that to the apex regularly tapering; apex with a minute perforation, entire. Length 28, diam. base at shouder 2, below I mm. of Neptune Islands, 62-104 fath- oms. (Type locality — Princess Charlotte Bay, Northeast Aus- tralia, 13 fathoms, sandy mud). I’he lower part of this shell resembles the spines of sea-urchins. The greater part of the specimens are encrusted over witj^a fine coating of coral-like substance (Brazier), South Australian specimens seem closely related to this species. C. occiduud \'erco 1911. Ph 1, fig. 7. “The Western Cadulus.” Rather solid; ventral curve nearly uniformlv slightly convex; dorsal side nearly straight in the anterior fourth, slightly convex in the next quarter, and slightly concave in the hinder half; cut off perpendicularly to the axis behind, rather obliquelv in front, where the slope is backward toward the convex side; 150. South Australian Shells. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st. 193T. both apertures slightly flattened, because of a slight dorso-ventral compression of the tube; white, more opaque anteriorly, and in transverse lines; smooth but for scanty transverse microscopic scratches. Length 9.6, greatest diam. 1.4, anterior diam. 1, pos- terior .5 mm. St. Francis Island. 10 fathoms. Also Western Australia — (jeographe Bay, off Bunbury, 15 fathoms (type loc- alit\‘); also Fremantle 10-12 fathoms, very many. Species var- iable; mature shells may be only 5 mm. and proportionately nar- row, and the inflation on concave side may almost disappear. C. spretus Tale Sc May 1900. “The Despised Cadulus." Well curved, of medium proportion; variegated (in some speci- mens) with translucent and opaque-white rings and encircling bands; smooth, with fine obliquely annular grooves or lines, without traces of vertical striae; aperture circular, transverse; tube suddenly contracted quite near the oval aperture, but ex- hibits a slight dilation at the end. Length 5.5, diam. apex .3, aperture .7 mm. Cape Borda, Cape Jaffa, Beachport, 55-300 fathoms. (Type locality — Port Esperance, Tasmania, 24 fath- oms). Cachthis leli^er Finlay 1926, is the Xew Zealand shell which vSuter in “Manual of the N.Z. Molltisca'’ had admitted in error as C. spretus Tate 8c Alay. At several stations \ erco dredg- ed a modified form of C. spretus, having at one point in its length a sharp annular constriction, beyond which the shell often has a shglrth' altered axis, and at times a somewhat different curve; the relative length of the two portions varies, tht earlier or tlic later part may form nearly the whole, or there may be anv intermediate proportion. C, gibbosus \'erco 191 1, PI. 1, fig. 6. “The Gibbous Cadulus.” Narrow, somewhat fusiform, polished, smooth, slight- ])■ compressed dorso-vcntrally, smaller behind; greatest diameter at junction of middle and anterior third; dorsal surface obtusely aneled at this point; ventral surface almost uniformly convex; anterior end sloping forward from the convex to the _ concave surface, mouth rather wider than high; posterior end with a slit on each side, one on the convex surface and a wider curve on the concave; milky-wdute, somewhat obliquely striatedly painted, and a transverse colourless line near the posteiioi end. Length 9.7, greatest diam. 1.8, posterior end .45, anterior end LI mm. 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa (type locality). S.A. NAl'., VOL. XIV. Auoust 31st, 1933. 151 . 49th ANNUAL REPORT OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. For Year Ending August 31, 1933. The work of the Section has been maintained during the last twelve months, and the following report is presented for the information of members. MEMBERSHIP. — The Section, during the last year^ added 35 new members. The total now being 140, most of whom are financial, and 9 Honorary members. EXCLRSIOXS. — ^The Excursions carried out according to the programme have proved both interesting and instructive. The objective of the Section has not been lost sight of by the Leaders and their kindly interest and assistance has been much appreciated by the members. The attendance at many of the outings was not good con- sidering the number of members on the books. \^'e have had six Motor trips which were fairly well at- tended and most enjo}^able. LECIT RES. — W e have been favoured with an interesting series of Lantern Lectures during the last year. “Cinema of Wild Life/ Mr. Laubman; “Introduction to Botony and Plants of Far North,’; Mr. E. H. Ising; “ShellsT Mr. F.*K. Godfrey; “An Introduction to Microscopy,” Mr. W. H. Harding; “The Main Soil Classifications of S.A.” Prof. j. A. Prescott, M.Sc.. A.I.C.; “Crabs, Prawns, etc., as Friends and Enemies of Man,” Mr. H. M. Hale; “Big Game Hunting in Central Africa,” Mr. Fred j. Nottage; “AyreN Rock, Mt. Olga, and an Introduction to Mammals,” Mr. J. H. Finlayson. PUBLICATIONS. — Our Journal, 'M'he South Australian Naturalist,” has been published under the Editorship of Mr. Wm. Ham and Air. B. Cotton. During the year a number of Sec- tions dealing with the shells of South Australia have been pub- lished with extensive illustrations, some of them In colour. These will later be published as a separate volume. 152. \9th .hinual Report. S.A. NAT., VOL. XIV. August 31st, 1933. WILD FLOWER SHOW.— The 13th Annual Wild Show was held on October 14th and iSth in the Adelaide Town Hall. The Show was a great success. The exhibits were good and well staged. The balance sheet showed a profit of £40/11/9. The daily and evening attendances were very good, showing that the outside public are taking a greater interest in our work. HERBARIL'M. — The work in the Herbarium has been con- tinued, several meetings have bee,n held, and the arranging and mounting of specimens has been proceeded with. We are pleased to welcome Miss C. Eardley, a new member. LIBRARY. — A few additions have been made to the Lib- rary. The Section will welcome any gifts of useful and suitable books. FINANCE. — -See Balance Sheet in this issue. SECRETARY. — Mr. Dix, owing to his transfer to Port Adelaide, found that he was unable to continue to act as Sec- retary to the end of the year. Miss Murray was appointed. Mr. and Mrs. A. D. Service have been lost to the Section, being transferred to Brisbane. A letter of introduction has been sent to The Field Naturalists’ Club, Queensland. The Section has, with great regret, to record the loss by death, of Miss M. Roegcr, a valued member of long standing. 15/8/33. J. AL MLiRRAY, Hon. Secretary. 1. ‘The Victorian Naturalist,’’ INlay number. A new yerrestrial orchid is described, named by its discoverers Jdanthus tenulsslmus. It grows_ near Perth, in W.A. Our members who study orchids will be interested in an article on the pohination of Diuns sulphitrea by a native bee. 2. “The Book of the Public Librarj'. Museums. a V' v:;.- :r-- ■ ;Vr^.- -■ /■-t> .-. ..* J ;; >«■ 4-: '‘<'■ ■ ■»-, ;■ V ' V ■ ■“ - ^ : v; 1 I'. / V- -